1 /* ELF executable support for BFD. 2 3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 5 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 6 7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. 8 9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or 12 (at your option) any later version. 13 14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 17 GNU General Public License for more details. 18 19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, 22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */ 23 24 25 /* 26 SECTION 27 ELF backends 28 29 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. 30 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 31 (running svr4 or Solaris 2). 32 33 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs 34 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we 35 haven't bothered yet. */ 36 37 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ 38 #define _SYSCALL32 39 #include "sysdep.h" 40 #include "bfd.h" 41 #include "bfdlink.h" 42 #include "libbfd.h" 43 #define ARCH_SIZE 0 44 #include "elf-bfd.h" 45 #include "libiberty.h" 46 #include "safe-ctype.h" 47 48 #ifdef CORE_HEADER 49 #include CORE_HEADER 50 #endif 51 52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *); 53 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *); 54 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *); 55 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ; 56 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ; 57 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, 58 file_ptr offset); 59 60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is 61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will 62 need to move into elfcode.h. */ 63 64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ 65 66 void 67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd, 68 const Elf_External_Verdef *src, 69 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst) 70 { 71 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version); 72 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags); 73 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx); 74 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt); 75 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash); 76 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux); 77 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next); 78 } 79 80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ 81 82 void 83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd, 84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src, 85 Elf_External_Verdef *dst) 86 { 87 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version); 88 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags); 89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx); 90 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt); 91 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash); 92 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux); 93 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next); 94 } 95 96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ 97 98 void 99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd, 100 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src, 101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst) 102 { 103 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name); 104 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next); 105 } 106 107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ 108 109 void 110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd, 111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src, 112 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst) 113 { 114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name); 115 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next); 116 } 117 118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ 119 120 void 121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd, 122 const Elf_External_Verneed *src, 123 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst) 124 { 125 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version); 126 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt); 127 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file); 128 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux); 129 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next); 130 } 131 132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ 133 134 void 135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd, 136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src, 137 Elf_External_Verneed *dst) 138 { 139 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version); 140 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt); 141 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file); 142 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux); 143 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next); 144 } 145 146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ 147 148 void 149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd, 150 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src, 151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst) 152 { 153 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash); 154 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags); 155 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other); 156 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name); 157 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next); 158 } 159 160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ 161 162 void 163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd, 164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src, 165 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst) 166 { 167 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash); 168 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags); 169 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other); 170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name); 171 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next); 172 } 173 174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ 175 176 void 177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd, 178 const Elf_External_Versym *src, 179 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst) 180 { 181 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers); 182 } 183 184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ 185 186 void 187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd, 188 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src, 189 Elf_External_Versym *dst) 190 { 191 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers); 192 } 193 194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will 195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ 196 197 unsigned long 198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg) 199 { 200 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; 201 unsigned long h = 0; 202 unsigned long g; 203 int ch; 204 205 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') 206 { 207 h = (h << 4) + ch; 208 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) 209 { 210 h ^= g >> 24; 211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in 212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ 213 h ^= g; 214 } 215 } 216 return h & 0xffffffff; 217 } 218 219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will 220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ 221 222 unsigned long 223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg) 224 { 225 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; 226 unsigned long h = 5381; 227 unsigned char ch; 228 229 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') 230 h = (h << 5) + h + ch; 231 return h & 0xffffffff; 232 } 233 234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with 235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */ 236 bfd_boolean 237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd, 238 size_t object_size, 239 enum elf_target_id object_id) 240 { 241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); 242 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size); 243 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL) 244 return FALSE; 245 246 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id; 247 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1; 248 return TRUE; 249 } 250 251 252 bfd_boolean 253 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd) 254 { 255 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 256 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata), 257 bed->target_id); 258 } 259 260 bfd_boolean 261 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd) 262 { 263 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ 264 return abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd); 265 } 266 267 static char * 268 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) 269 { 270 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; 271 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL; 272 file_ptr offset; 273 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; 274 275 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); 276 if (i_shdrp == 0 277 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd) 278 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) 279 return NULL; 280 281 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; 282 if (shstrtab == NULL) 283 { 284 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ 285 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; 286 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; 287 288 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes 289 in case the string table is not terminated. */ 290 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1 291 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL 292 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) 293 shstrtab = NULL; 294 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize) 295 { 296 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) 297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); 298 shstrtab = NULL; 299 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep 300 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for 301 the string table over and over. */ 302 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0; 303 } 304 else 305 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0'; 306 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab; 307 } 308 return (char *) shstrtab; 309 } 310 311 char * 312 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd, 313 unsigned int shindex, 314 unsigned int strindex) 315 { 316 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 317 318 if (strindex == 0) 319 return ""; 320 321 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) 322 return NULL; 323 324 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; 325 326 if (hdr->contents == NULL 327 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) 328 return NULL; 329 330 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) 331 { 332 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx; 333 (*_bfd_error_handler) 334 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), 335 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, 336 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name 337 ? ".shstrtab" 338 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name))); 339 return NULL; 340 } 341 342 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; 343 } 344 345 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format. 346 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from 347 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF 348 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external 349 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. 350 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary) 351 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */ 352 353 Elf_Internal_Sym * 354 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd, 355 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, 356 size_t symcount, 357 size_t symoffset, 358 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf, 359 void *extsym_buf, 360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf) 361 { 362 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr; 363 void *alloc_ext; 364 const bfd_byte *esym; 365 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx; 366 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx; 367 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym; 368 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 369 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; 370 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 371 size_t extsym_size; 372 bfd_size_type amt; 373 file_ptr pos; 374 375 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 376 abort (); 377 378 if (symcount == 0) 379 return intsym_buf; 380 381 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */ 382 shndx_hdr = NULL; 383 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr) 384 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; 385 386 /* Read the symbols. */ 387 alloc_ext = NULL; 388 alloc_extshndx = NULL; 389 alloc_intsym = NULL; 390 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); 391 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym; 392 amt = symcount * extsym_size; 393 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size; 394 if (extsym_buf == NULL) 395 { 396 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size); 397 extsym_buf = alloc_ext; 398 } 399 if (extsym_buf == NULL 400 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 401 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) 402 { 403 intsym_buf = NULL; 404 goto out; 405 } 406 407 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0) 408 extshndx_buf = NULL; 409 else 410 { 411 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 412 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 413 if (extshndx_buf == NULL) 414 { 415 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *) 416 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); 417 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx; 418 } 419 if (extshndx_buf == NULL 420 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 421 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) 422 { 423 intsym_buf = NULL; 424 goto out; 425 } 426 } 427 428 if (intsym_buf == NULL) 429 { 430 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) 431 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)); 432 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym; 433 if (intsym_buf == NULL) 434 goto out; 435 } 436 437 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */ 438 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount; 439 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, 440 shndx = extshndx_buf; 441 isym < isymend; 442 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL) 443 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym)) 444 { 445 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size; 446 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references " 447 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"), 448 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset); 449 if (alloc_intsym != NULL) 450 free (alloc_intsym); 451 intsym_buf = NULL; 452 goto out; 453 } 454 455 out: 456 if (alloc_ext != NULL) 457 free (alloc_ext); 458 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL) 459 free (alloc_extshndx); 460 461 return intsym_buf; 462 } 463 464 /* Look up a symbol name. */ 465 const char * 466 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd, 467 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, 468 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, 469 asection *sym_sec) 470 { 471 const char *name; 472 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name; 473 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link; 474 475 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION 476 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */ 477 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)) 478 { 479 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name; 480 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx; 481 } 482 483 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname); 484 if (name == NULL) 485 name = "(null)"; 486 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0') 487 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec); 488 489 return name; 490 } 491 492 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP 493 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section 494 pointers. */ 495 496 typedef union elf_internal_group { 497 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; 498 unsigned int flags; 499 } Elf_Internal_Group; 500 501 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the 502 signature just a string? */ 503 504 static const char * 505 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr) 506 { 507 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 508 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; 509 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; 510 Elf_Internal_Sym isym; 511 512 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure 513 that it is a symbol table section. */ 514 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd)) 515 return NULL; 516 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link]; 517 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB 518 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link)) 519 return NULL; 520 521 /* Go read the symbol. */ 522 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 523 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info, 524 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) 525 return NULL; 526 527 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL); 528 } 529 530 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ 531 532 static bfd_boolean 533 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect) 534 { 535 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; 536 537 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count 538 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ 539 if (num_group == 0) 540 { 541 unsigned int i, shnum; 542 543 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP 544 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ 545 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd); 546 num_group = 0; 547 548 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \ 549 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \ 550 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \ 551 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \ 552 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0) 553 554 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) 555 { 556 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; 557 558 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr)) 559 num_group += 1; 560 } 561 562 if (num_group == 0) 563 { 564 num_group = (unsigned) -1; 565 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; 566 } 567 else 568 { 569 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, 570 so we can find them quickly. */ 571 bfd_size_type amt; 572 573 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; 574 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) 575 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); 576 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL) 577 return FALSE; 578 579 num_group = 0; 580 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) 581 { 582 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; 583 584 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr)) 585 { 586 unsigned char *src; 587 Elf_Internal_Group *dest; 588 589 /* Add to list of sections. */ 590 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; 591 num_group += 1; 592 593 /* Read the raw contents. */ 594 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4); 595 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; 596 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *) 597 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4); 598 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */ 599 if (shdr->contents == NULL) 600 { 601 _bfd_error_handler 602 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size); 603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 604 return FALSE; 605 } 606 607 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt); 608 609 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 610 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) 611 != shdr->sh_size)) 612 return FALSE; 613 614 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an 615 array of elf section indices all in target byte order, 616 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section 617 pointers. */ 618 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; 619 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); 620 while (1) 621 { 622 unsigned int idx; 623 624 src -= 4; 625 --dest; 626 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src); 627 if (src == shdr->contents) 628 { 629 dest->flags = idx; 630 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT)) 631 shdr->bfd_section->flags 632 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; 633 break; 634 } 635 if (idx >= shnum) 636 { 637 ((*_bfd_error_handler) 638 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd)); 639 idx = 0; 640 } 641 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx]; 642 } 643 } 644 } 645 } 646 } 647 648 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) 649 { 650 unsigned int i; 651 652 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) 653 { 654 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; 655 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; 656 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; 657 658 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current 659 section is a member. */ 660 while (--n_elt != 0) 661 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) 662 { 663 asection *s = NULL; 664 665 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through 666 other members to see if any others are linked via 667 next_in_group. */ 668 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; 669 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; 670 while (--n_elt != 0) 671 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL 672 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) 673 break; 674 if (n_elt != 0) 675 { 676 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and 677 insert current section in circular list. */ 678 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s); 679 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s); 680 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect; 681 } 682 else 683 { 684 const char *gname; 685 686 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr); 687 if (gname == NULL) 688 return FALSE; 689 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname; 690 691 /* Start a circular list with one element. */ 692 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect; 693 } 694 695 /* If the group section has been created, point to the 696 new member. */ 697 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL) 698 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect; 699 700 i = num_group - 1; 701 break; 702 } 703 } 704 } 705 706 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL) 707 { 708 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"), 709 abfd, newsect); 710 } 711 return TRUE; 712 } 713 714 bfd_boolean 715 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd) 716 { 717 unsigned int i; 718 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; 719 bfd_boolean result = TRUE; 720 asection *s; 721 722 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ 723 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 724 { 725 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr; 726 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) 727 { 728 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link; 729 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may 730 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could 731 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */ 732 if (elfsec == 0) 733 { 734 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 735 if (bed->link_order_error_handler) 736 bed->link_order_error_handler 737 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), 738 abfd, s); 739 } 740 else 741 { 742 asection *linksec = NULL; 743 744 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd)) 745 { 746 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]; 747 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section; 748 } 749 750 /* PR 1991, 2008: 751 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in 752 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */ 753 if (linksec == NULL) 754 { 755 (*_bfd_error_handler) 756 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"), 757 s->owner, s, elfsec); 758 result = FALSE; 759 } 760 761 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec; 762 } 763 } 764 } 765 766 /* Process section groups. */ 767 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1) 768 return result; 769 770 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) 771 { 772 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; 773 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; 774 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; 775 776 while (--n_elt != 0) 777 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) 778 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section; 779 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA 780 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL) 781 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in 782 output object files. We adjust the group section size here 783 so that relocatable link will work correctly when 784 relocation sections are in section group in input object 785 files. */ 786 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4; 787 else 788 { 789 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */ 790 (*_bfd_error_handler) 791 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"), 792 abfd, 793 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type, 794 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, 795 (elf_elfheader (abfd) 796 ->e_shstrndx), 797 idx->shdr->sh_name), 798 shdr->bfd_section->name); 799 result = FALSE; 800 } 801 } 802 return result; 803 } 804 805 bfd_boolean 806 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec) 807 { 808 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL; 809 } 810 811 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the 812 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ 813 814 bfd_boolean 815 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, 816 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, 817 const char *name, 818 int shindex) 819 { 820 asection *newsect; 821 flagword flags; 822 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 823 824 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) 825 return TRUE; 826 827 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); 828 if (newsect == NULL) 829 return FALSE; 830 831 hdr->bfd_section = newsect; 832 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr; 833 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex; 834 835 /* Always use the real type/flags. */ 836 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type; 837 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags; 838 839 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; 840 841 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr) 842 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) 843 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect, 844 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign))) 845 return FALSE; 846 847 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; 848 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 849 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 850 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) 851 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE; 852 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) 853 { 854 flags |= SEC_ALLOC; 855 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 856 flags |= SEC_LOAD; 857 } 858 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0) 859 flags |= SEC_READONLY; 860 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) 861 flags |= SEC_CODE; 862 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 863 flags |= SEC_DATA; 864 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0) 865 { 866 flags |= SEC_MERGE; 867 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; 868 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0) 869 flags |= SEC_STRINGS; 870 } 871 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) 872 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) 873 return FALSE; 874 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0) 875 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL; 876 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0) 877 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 878 879 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) 880 { 881 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, 882 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */ 883 if (name [0] == '.') 884 { 885 const char *p; 886 int n; 887 if (name[1] == 'd') 888 p = ".debug", n = 6; 889 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n') 890 p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17; 891 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd') 892 p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */ 893 else if (name[1] == 'l') 894 p = ".line", n = 5; 895 else if (name[1] == 's') 896 p = ".stab", n = 5; 897 else if (name[1] == 'z') 898 p = ".zdebug", n = 7; 899 else 900 p = NULL, n = 0; 901 if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0) 902 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING; 903 } 904 } 905 906 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we 907 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support 908 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. 909 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions 910 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard 911 all but one of the sections. */ 912 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce") 913 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL) 914 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; 915 916 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 917 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) 918 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) 919 return FALSE; 920 921 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) 922 return FALSE; 923 924 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the 925 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted. 926 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */ 927 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE) 928 { 929 bfd_byte *contents; 930 931 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents)) 932 return FALSE; 933 934 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1); 935 free (contents); 936 } 937 938 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 939 { 940 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; 941 unsigned int i, nload; 942 943 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header 944 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than 945 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma 946 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */ 947 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; 948 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) 949 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) 950 break; 951 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0) 952 ++nload; 953 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1) 954 return TRUE; 955 956 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; 957 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) 958 { 959 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD 960 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) 961 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS) 962 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr)) 963 { 964 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) 965 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr 966 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr); 967 else 968 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD 969 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment 970 is packed with code from multiple VMAs. 971 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on 972 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the 973 segment will contain sections with contiguous 974 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */ 975 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr 976 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset); 977 978 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file 979 offsets whether a section with zero size should 980 be placed at the end of one segment or the 981 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */ 982 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr 983 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size 984 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) 985 break; 986 } 987 } 988 } 989 990 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and 991 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */ 992 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) 993 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_') 994 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_'))) 995 { 996 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing; 997 char *new_name; 998 999 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd, newsect)) 1000 { 1001 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */ 1002 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS)) 1003 action = decompress; 1004 } 1005 else 1006 { 1007 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */ 1008 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS) && newsect->size != 0) 1009 action = compress; 1010 } 1011 1012 new_name = NULL; 1013 switch (action) 1014 { 1015 case nothing: 1016 break; 1017 case compress: 1018 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect)) 1019 { 1020 (*_bfd_error_handler) 1021 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"), 1022 abfd, name); 1023 return FALSE; 1024 } 1025 if (name[1] != 'z') 1026 { 1027 unsigned int len = strlen (name); 1028 1029 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2); 1030 if (new_name == NULL) 1031 return FALSE; 1032 new_name[0] = '.'; 1033 new_name[1] = 'z'; 1034 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len); 1035 } 1036 break; 1037 case decompress: 1038 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect)) 1039 { 1040 (*_bfd_error_handler) 1041 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"), 1042 abfd, name); 1043 return FALSE; 1044 } 1045 if (name[1] == 'z') 1046 { 1047 unsigned int len = strlen (name); 1048 1049 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 1050 if (new_name == NULL) 1051 return FALSE; 1052 new_name[0] = '.'; 1053 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1); 1054 } 1055 break; 1056 } 1057 if (new_name != NULL) 1058 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name); 1059 } 1060 1061 return TRUE; 1062 } 1063 1064 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { 1065 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", 1066 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", 1067 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", 1068 }; 1069 1070 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable 1071 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing 1072 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also 1073 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to 1074 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will 1075 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code 1076 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto 1077 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing 1078 relocatable output against an external symbol. */ 1079 1080 bfd_reloc_status_type 1081 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1082 arelent *reloc_entry, 1083 asymbol *symbol, 1084 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1085 asection *input_section, 1086 bfd *output_bfd, 1087 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1088 { 1089 if (output_bfd != NULL 1090 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 1091 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace 1092 || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) 1093 { 1094 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 1095 return bfd_reloc_ok; 1096 } 1097 1098 return bfd_reloc_continue; 1099 } 1100 1101 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to 1102 another. */ 1103 1104 bfd_boolean 1105 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) 1106 { 1107 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour 1108 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 1109 return TRUE; 1110 1111 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd) 1112 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags 1113 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags)); 1114 1115 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd); 1116 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; 1117 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; 1118 1119 /* Copy object attributes. */ 1120 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); 1121 return TRUE; 1122 } 1123 1124 static const char * 1125 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type) 1126 { 1127 const char *pt; 1128 switch (p_type) 1129 { 1130 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break; 1131 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break; 1132 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; 1133 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break; 1134 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break; 1135 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break; 1136 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break; 1137 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break; 1138 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; 1139 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break; 1140 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break; 1141 default: pt = NULL; break; 1142 } 1143 return pt; 1144 } 1145 1146 /* Print out the program headers. */ 1147 1148 bfd_boolean 1149 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg) 1150 { 1151 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg; 1152 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; 1153 asection *s; 1154 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; 1155 1156 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; 1157 if (p != NULL) 1158 { 1159 unsigned int i, c; 1160 1161 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")); 1162 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; 1163 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) 1164 { 1165 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type); 1166 char buf[20]; 1167 1168 if (pt == NULL) 1169 { 1170 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); 1171 pt = buf; 1172 } 1173 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); 1174 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); 1175 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); 1176 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); 1177 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); 1178 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); 1179 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); 1180 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); 1181 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); 1182 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); 1183 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); 1184 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", 1185 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', 1186 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', 1187 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); 1188 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0) 1189 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)); 1190 fprintf (f, "\n"); 1191 } 1192 } 1193 1194 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 1195 if (s != NULL) 1196 { 1197 unsigned int elfsec; 1198 unsigned long shlink; 1199 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; 1200 size_t extdynsize; 1201 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); 1202 1203 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")); 1204 1205 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf)) 1206 goto error_return; 1207 1208 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); 1209 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD) 1210 goto error_return; 1211 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; 1212 1213 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; 1214 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; 1215 1216 extdyn = dynbuf; 1217 extdynend = extdyn + s->size; 1218 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) 1219 { 1220 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 1221 const char *name = ""; 1222 char ab[20]; 1223 bfd_boolean stringp; 1224 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 1225 1226 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); 1227 1228 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) 1229 break; 1230 1231 stringp = FALSE; 1232 switch (dyn.d_tag) 1233 { 1234 default: 1235 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) 1236 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag); 1237 1238 if (!strcmp (name, "")) 1239 { 1240 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); 1241 name = ab; 1242 } 1243 break; 1244 1245 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1246 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; 1247 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break; 1248 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break; 1249 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break; 1250 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break; 1251 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break; 1252 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break; 1253 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break; 1254 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break; 1255 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break; 1256 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break; 1257 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break; 1258 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1259 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1260 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; 1261 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break; 1262 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break; 1263 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break; 1264 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break; 1265 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break; 1266 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break; 1267 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break; 1268 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; 1269 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; 1270 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; 1271 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; 1272 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; 1273 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1274 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break; 1275 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; 1276 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; 1277 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; 1278 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; 1279 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break; 1280 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break; 1281 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break; 1282 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; 1283 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; 1284 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break; 1285 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1286 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1287 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1288 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break; 1289 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break; 1290 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break; 1291 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; 1292 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; 1293 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; 1294 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break; 1295 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break; 1296 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; 1297 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break; 1298 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; 1299 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1300 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break; 1301 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1302 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break; 1303 } 1304 1305 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name); 1306 if (! stringp) 1307 { 1308 fprintf (f, "0x"); 1309 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val); 1310 } 1311 else 1312 { 1313 const char *string; 1314 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; 1315 1316 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); 1317 if (string == NULL) 1318 goto error_return; 1319 fprintf (f, "%s", string); 1320 } 1321 fprintf (f, "\n"); 1322 } 1323 1324 free (dynbuf); 1325 dynbuf = NULL; 1326 } 1327 1328 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) 1329 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)) 1330 { 1331 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE)) 1332 return FALSE; 1333 } 1334 1335 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) 1336 { 1337 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; 1338 1339 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")); 1340 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef) 1341 { 1342 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, 1343 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, 1344 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>"); 1345 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL) 1346 { 1347 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; 1348 1349 fprintf (f, "\t"); 1350 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; 1351 a != NULL; 1352 a = a->vda_nextptr) 1353 fprintf (f, "%s ", 1354 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>"); 1355 fprintf (f, "\n"); 1356 } 1357 } 1358 } 1359 1360 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) 1361 { 1362 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; 1363 1364 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")); 1365 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) 1366 { 1367 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; 1368 1369 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), 1370 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>"); 1371 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) 1372 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, 1373 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, 1374 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>"); 1375 } 1376 } 1377 1378 return TRUE; 1379 1380 error_return: 1381 if (dynbuf != NULL) 1382 free (dynbuf); 1383 return FALSE; 1384 } 1385 1386 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ 1387 1388 void 1389 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd, 1390 void *filep, 1391 asymbol *symbol, 1392 bfd_print_symbol_type how) 1393 { 1394 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep; 1395 switch (how) 1396 { 1397 case bfd_print_symbol_name: 1398 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); 1399 break; 1400 case bfd_print_symbol_more: 1401 fprintf (file, "elf "); 1402 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); 1403 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags); 1404 break; 1405 case bfd_print_symbol_all: 1406 { 1407 const char *section_name; 1408 const char *name = NULL; 1409 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 1410 unsigned char st_other; 1411 bfd_vma val; 1412 1413 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; 1414 1415 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 1416 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) 1417 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); 1418 1419 if (name == NULL) 1420 { 1421 name = symbol->name; 1422 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol); 1423 } 1424 1425 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); 1426 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, 1427 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. 1428 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and 1429 we've printed the address; now print the size. */ 1430 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) 1431 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; 1432 else 1433 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; 1434 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); 1435 1436 /* If we have version information, print it. */ 1437 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0 1438 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0 1439 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0)) 1440 { 1441 unsigned int vernum; 1442 const char *version_string; 1443 1444 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION; 1445 1446 if (vernum == 0) 1447 version_string = ""; 1448 else if (vernum == 1) 1449 version_string = "Base"; 1450 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs) 1451 version_string = 1452 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; 1453 else 1454 { 1455 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; 1456 1457 version_string = ""; 1458 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; 1459 t != NULL; 1460 t = t->vn_nextref) 1461 { 1462 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; 1463 1464 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) 1465 { 1466 if (a->vna_other == vernum) 1467 { 1468 version_string = a->vna_nodename; 1469 break; 1470 } 1471 } 1472 } 1473 } 1474 1475 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0) 1476 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); 1477 else 1478 { 1479 int i; 1480 1481 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); 1482 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) 1483 putc (' ', file); 1484 } 1485 } 1486 1487 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ 1488 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; 1489 1490 switch (st_other) 1491 { 1492 case 0: break; 1493 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; 1494 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; 1495 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; 1496 default: 1497 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print 1498 everything hex. */ 1499 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); 1500 } 1501 1502 fprintf (file, " %s", name); 1503 } 1504 break; 1505 } 1506 } 1507 1508 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ 1509 1510 struct bfd_strtab_hash * 1511 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void) 1512 { 1513 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; 1514 1515 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); 1516 if (ret != NULL) 1517 { 1518 bfd_size_type loc; 1519 1520 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE); 1521 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1); 1522 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) 1523 { 1524 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); 1525 ret = NULL; 1526 } 1527 } 1528 return ret; 1529 } 1530 1531 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ 1532 1533 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ 1534 1535 bfd_boolean 1536 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) 1537 { 1538 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 1539 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr; 1540 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 1541 const char *name; 1542 1543 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) 1544 return FALSE; 1545 1546 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; 1547 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); 1548 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx, 1549 hdr->sh_name); 1550 if (name == NULL) 1551 return FALSE; 1552 1553 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 1554 switch (hdr->sh_type) 1555 { 1556 case SHT_NULL: 1557 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ 1558 return TRUE; 1559 1560 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ 1561 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ 1562 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ 1563 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */ 1564 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */ 1565 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */ 1566 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */ 1567 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */ 1568 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */ 1569 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1570 1571 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ 1572 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1573 return FALSE; 1574 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)) 1575 { 1576 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link 1577 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */ 1578 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) 1579 { 1580 case bfd_arch_i386: 1581 case bfd_arch_sparc: 1582 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */ 1583 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */) 1584 break; 1585 /* Otherwise fall through. */ 1586 default: 1587 return FALSE; 1588 } 1589 } 1590 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL) 1591 return FALSE; 1592 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB) 1593 { 1594 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr; 1595 1596 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus 1597 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the 1598 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */ 1599 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) 1600 { 1601 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]; 1602 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; 1603 } 1604 else 1605 { 1606 unsigned int i, num_sec; 1607 1608 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 1609 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) 1610 { 1611 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; 1612 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) 1613 { 1614 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; 1615 break; 1616 } 1617 } 1618 } 1619 } 1620 break; 1621 1622 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */ 1623 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) 1624 return TRUE; 1625 1626 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) 1627 return FALSE; 1628 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) 1629 { 1630 if (hdr->sh_size != 0) 1631 return FALSE; 1632 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a 1633 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count 1634 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */ 1635 hdr->sh_info = 0; 1636 return TRUE; 1637 } 1638 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0); 1639 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; 1640 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; 1641 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 1642 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; 1643 1644 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If 1645 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also 1646 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the 1647 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes 1648 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the 1649 linker. */ 1650 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 1651 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 1652 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, 1653 shindex)) 1654 return FALSE; 1655 1656 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we 1657 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It 1658 is most likely specified by the next section header. */ 1659 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex) 1660 { 1661 unsigned int i, num_sec; 1662 1663 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 1664 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++) 1665 { 1666 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; 1667 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX 1668 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) 1669 break; 1670 } 1671 if (i == num_sec) 1672 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++) 1673 { 1674 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; 1675 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX 1676 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) 1677 break; 1678 } 1679 if (i != shindex) 1680 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i); 1681 } 1682 return TRUE; 1683 1684 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */ 1685 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) 1686 return TRUE; 1687 1688 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) 1689 return FALSE; 1690 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) 1691 { 1692 if (hdr->sh_size != 0) 1693 return FALSE; 1694 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a 1695 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count 1696 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */ 1697 hdr->sh_info = 0; 1698 return TRUE; 1699 } 1700 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0); 1701 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; 1702 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; 1703 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; 1704 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; 1705 1706 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular 1707 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ 1708 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1709 1710 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */ 1711 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex) 1712 return TRUE; 1713 1714 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0); 1715 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex; 1716 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr; 1717 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; 1718 return TRUE; 1719 1720 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */ 1721 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) 1722 return TRUE; 1723 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) 1724 { 1725 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; 1726 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; 1727 return TRUE; 1728 } 1729 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) 1730 { 1731 symtab_strtab: 1732 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; 1733 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; 1734 return TRUE; 1735 } 1736 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) 1737 { 1738 dynsymtab_strtab: 1739 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; 1740 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; 1741 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr; 1742 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy 1743 can handle it. */ 1744 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, 1745 shindex); 1746 } 1747 1748 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a 1749 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure, 1750 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */ 1751 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) 1752 { 1753 unsigned int i, num_sec; 1754 1755 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 1756 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) 1757 { 1758 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; 1759 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) 1760 { 1761 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */ 1762 if (i == shindex) 1763 return FALSE; 1764 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) 1765 return FALSE; 1766 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) 1767 goto symtab_strtab; 1768 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) 1769 goto dynsymtab_strtab; 1770 } 1771 } 1772 } 1773 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1774 1775 case SHT_REL: 1776 case SHT_RELA: 1777 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ 1778 { 1779 asection *target_sect; 1780 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr; 1781 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 1782 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt; 1783 bfd_size_type amt; 1784 1785 if (hdr->sh_entsize 1786 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL 1787 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela)) 1788 return FALSE; 1789 1790 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ 1791 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) 1792 { 1793 ((*_bfd_error_handler) 1794 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), 1795 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); 1796 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, 1797 shindex); 1798 } 1799 1800 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes 1801 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have 1802 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just 1803 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use 1804 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only 1805 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point 1806 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. 1807 1808 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */ 1809 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0 1810 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB 1811 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM) 1812 { 1813 unsigned int scan; 1814 int found; 1815 1816 found = 0; 1817 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) 1818 { 1819 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB 1820 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) 1821 { 1822 if (found != 0) 1823 { 1824 found = 0; 1825 break; 1826 } 1827 found = scan; 1828 } 1829 } 1830 if (found != 0) 1831 hdr->sh_link = found; 1832 } 1833 1834 /* Get the symbol table. */ 1835 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB 1836 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) 1837 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) 1838 return FALSE; 1839 1840 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we 1841 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately 1842 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't 1843 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also 1844 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null 1845 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its 1846 sh_link points to the null section. */ 1847 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) 1848 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF 1849 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF 1850 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec 1851 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL 1852 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA) 1853 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, 1854 shindex); 1855 1856 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) 1857 return FALSE; 1858 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); 1859 if (target_sect == NULL) 1860 return FALSE; 1861 1862 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect); 1863 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) 1864 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr; 1865 else 1866 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr; 1867 1868 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr == NULL); 1869 amt = sizeof (*hdr2); 1870 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 1871 if (hdr2 == NULL) 1872 return FALSE; 1873 *hdr2 = *hdr; 1874 *p_hdr = hdr2; 1875 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; 1876 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr); 1877 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; 1878 target_sect->relocation = NULL; 1879 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; 1880 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether 1881 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ 1882 if (hdr->sh_size != 0) 1883 { 1884 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) 1885 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1; 1886 } 1887 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; 1888 return TRUE; 1889 } 1890 1891 case SHT_GNU_verdef: 1892 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex; 1893 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; 1894 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1895 1896 case SHT_GNU_versym: 1897 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym)) 1898 return FALSE; 1899 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex; 1900 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; 1901 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1902 1903 case SHT_GNU_verneed: 1904 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex; 1905 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; 1906 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1907 1908 case SHT_SHLIB: 1909 return TRUE; 1910 1911 case SHT_GROUP: 1912 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr)) 1913 return FALSE; 1914 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1915 return FALSE; 1916 if (hdr->contents != NULL) 1917 { 1918 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; 1919 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; 1920 asection *s; 1921 1922 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT) 1923 hdr->bfd_section->flags 1924 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; 1925 1926 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */ 1927 idx += n_elt; 1928 while (--n_elt != 0) 1929 { 1930 --idx; 1931 1932 if (idx->shdr != NULL 1933 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL 1934 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) 1935 { 1936 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s; 1937 break; 1938 } 1939 } 1940 } 1941 break; 1942 1943 default: 1944 /* Possibly an attributes section. */ 1945 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES 1946 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type) 1947 { 1948 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1949 return FALSE; 1950 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr); 1951 return TRUE; 1952 } 1953 1954 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ 1955 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1956 return TRUE; 1957 1958 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER) 1959 { 1960 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) 1961 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved 1962 for applications? */ 1963 (*_bfd_error_handler) 1964 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application " 1965 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"), 1966 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); 1967 else 1968 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */ 1969 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, 1970 shindex); 1971 } 1972 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC 1973 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC) 1974 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ 1975 (*_bfd_error_handler) 1976 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section " 1977 "`%s' [0x%8x]"), 1978 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); 1979 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS) 1980 { 1981 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */ 1982 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0) 1983 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is 1984 required to correctly process the section and the file should 1985 be rejected with an error message. */ 1986 (*_bfd_error_handler) 1987 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section " 1988 "`%s' [0x%8x]"), 1989 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); 1990 else 1991 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */ 1992 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1993 } 1994 else 1995 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ 1996 (*_bfd_error_handler) 1997 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"), 1998 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); 1999 2000 return FALSE; 2001 } 2002 2003 return TRUE; 2004 } 2005 2006 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */ 2007 2008 Elf_Internal_Sym * 2009 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache, 2010 bfd *abfd, 2011 unsigned long r_symndx) 2012 { 2013 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE; 2014 2015 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx) 2016 { 2017 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 2018 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; 2019 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; 2020 2021 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 2022 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx, 2023 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL) 2024 return NULL; 2025 2026 if (cache->abfd != abfd) 2027 { 2028 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); 2029 cache->abfd = abfd; 2030 } 2031 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; 2032 } 2033 2034 return &cache->sym[ent]; 2035 } 2036 2037 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD 2038 section. */ 2039 2040 asection * 2041 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index) 2042 { 2043 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd)) 2044 return NULL; 2045 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section; 2046 } 2047 2048 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] = 2049 { 2050 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2051 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2052 }; 2053 2054 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] = 2055 { 2056 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2057 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2058 }; 2059 2060 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] = 2061 { 2062 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2064 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2065 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2066 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2067 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2068 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC }, 2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC }, 2071 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC }, 2072 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2073 }; 2074 2075 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] = 2076 { 2077 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 2078 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2079 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2080 }; 2081 2082 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] = 2083 { 2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE }, 2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 }, 2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 }, 2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 }, 2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC }, 2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC }, 2092 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, 2093 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2094 }; 2095 2096 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] = 2097 { 2098 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, 2099 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2100 }; 2101 2102 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] = 2103 { 2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2107 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2108 }; 2109 2110 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] = 2111 { 2112 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2113 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2114 }; 2115 2116 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] = 2117 { 2118 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2119 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, 2120 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2121 }; 2122 2123 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] = 2124 { 2125 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2126 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 2127 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2128 }; 2129 2130 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] = 2131 { 2132 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 2133 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 2134 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 }, 2135 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 }, 2136 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2137 }; 2138 2139 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] = 2140 { 2141 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, 2142 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, 2143 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 }, 2144 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of 2145 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */ 2146 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, 2147 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2148 }; 2149 2150 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] = 2151 { 2152 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 2153 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, 2154 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, 2155 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2156 }; 2157 2158 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] = 2159 { 2160 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2161 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2162 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2163 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2164 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2165 }; 2166 2167 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] = 2168 { 2169 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */ 2170 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */ 2171 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */ 2172 NULL, /* 'e' */ 2173 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */ 2174 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */ 2175 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */ 2176 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */ 2177 NULL, /* 'j' */ 2178 NULL, /* 'k' */ 2179 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */ 2180 NULL, /* 'm' */ 2181 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */ 2182 NULL, /* 'o' */ 2183 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */ 2184 NULL, /* 'q' */ 2185 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */ 2186 special_sections_s, /* 's' */ 2187 special_sections_t, /* 't' */ 2188 NULL, /* 'u' */ 2189 NULL, /* 'v' */ 2190 NULL, /* 'w' */ 2191 NULL, /* 'x' */ 2192 NULL, /* 'y' */ 2193 special_sections_z /* 'z' */ 2194 }; 2195 2196 const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 2197 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name, 2198 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec, 2199 unsigned int rela) 2200 { 2201 int i; 2202 int len; 2203 2204 len = strlen (name); 2205 2206 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++) 2207 { 2208 int suffix_len; 2209 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length; 2210 2211 if (len < prefix_len) 2212 continue; 2213 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0) 2214 continue; 2215 2216 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length; 2217 if (suffix_len <= 0) 2218 { 2219 if (name[prefix_len] != 0) 2220 { 2221 if (suffix_len == 0) 2222 continue; 2223 if (name[prefix_len] != '.' 2224 && (suffix_len == -2 2225 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL))) 2226 continue; 2227 } 2228 } 2229 else 2230 { 2231 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len) 2232 continue; 2233 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len, 2234 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len, 2235 suffix_len) != 0) 2236 continue; 2237 } 2238 return &spec[i]; 2239 } 2240 2241 return NULL; 2242 } 2243 2244 const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 2245 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 2246 { 2247 int i; 2248 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec; 2249 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 2250 2251 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ 2252 if (sec->name == NULL) 2253 return NULL; 2254 2255 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 2256 spec = bed->special_sections; 2257 if (spec) 2258 { 2259 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, 2260 bed->special_sections, 2261 sec->use_rela_p); 2262 if (spec != NULL) 2263 return spec; 2264 } 2265 2266 if (sec->name[0] != '.') 2267 return NULL; 2268 2269 i = sec->name[1] - 'b'; 2270 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b') 2271 return NULL; 2272 2273 spec = special_sections[i]; 2274 2275 if (spec == NULL) 2276 return NULL; 2277 2278 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p); 2279 } 2280 2281 bfd_boolean 2282 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 2283 { 2284 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; 2285 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 2286 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; 2287 2288 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd; 2289 if (sdata == NULL) 2290 { 2291 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, 2292 sizeof (*sdata)); 2293 if (sdata == NULL) 2294 return FALSE; 2295 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; 2296 } 2297 2298 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ 2299 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 2300 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p; 2301 2302 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and 2303 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr 2304 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker 2305 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will 2306 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in 2307 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array 2308 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input 2309 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to 2310 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */ 2311 if (abfd->direction != read_direction 2312 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0) 2313 { 2314 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec); 2315 if (ssect != NULL 2316 && (!sec->flags 2317 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0 2318 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY 2319 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY)) 2320 { 2321 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type; 2322 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr; 2323 } 2324 } 2325 2326 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); 2327 } 2328 2329 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. 2330 2331 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name 2332 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the 2333 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we 2334 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. 2335 2336 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than 2337 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the 2338 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, 2339 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the 2340 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting 2341 of combined data+bss. 2342 2343 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections 2344 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by 2345 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified 2346 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split 2347 into its initialized and uninitialized parts. 2348 2349 */ 2350 2351 bfd_boolean 2352 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, 2353 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, 2354 int hdr_index, 2355 const char *type_name) 2356 { 2357 asection *newsect; 2358 char *name; 2359 char namebuf[64]; 2360 size_t len; 2361 int split; 2362 2363 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) 2364 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) 2365 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); 2366 2367 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0) 2368 { 2369 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : ""); 2370 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; 2371 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 2372 if (!name) 2373 return FALSE; 2374 memcpy (name, namebuf, len); 2375 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); 2376 if (newsect == NULL) 2377 return FALSE; 2378 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; 2379 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; 2380 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz; 2381 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; 2382 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 2383 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align); 2384 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) 2385 { 2386 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; 2387 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; 2388 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) 2389 { 2390 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, 2391 may be data. */ 2392 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; 2393 } 2394 } 2395 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) 2396 { 2397 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; 2398 } 2399 } 2400 2401 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz) 2402 { 2403 bfd_vma align; 2404 2405 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : ""); 2406 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; 2407 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 2408 if (!name) 2409 return FALSE; 2410 memcpy (name, namebuf, len); 2411 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); 2412 if (newsect == NULL) 2413 return FALSE; 2414 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; 2415 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; 2416 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; 2417 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz; 2418 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma; 2419 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align) 2420 align = hdr->p_align; 2421 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align); 2422 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) 2423 { 2424 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do 2425 not have their contents written to a core file, on the 2426 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the 2427 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake 2428 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will 2429 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */ 2430 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) 2431 newsect->size = 0; 2432 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; 2433 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) 2434 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; 2435 } 2436 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) 2437 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; 2438 } 2439 2440 return TRUE; 2441 } 2442 2443 bfd_boolean 2444 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index) 2445 { 2446 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 2447 2448 switch (hdr->p_type) 2449 { 2450 case PT_NULL: 2451 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null"); 2452 2453 case PT_LOAD: 2454 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load"); 2455 2456 case PT_DYNAMIC: 2457 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic"); 2458 2459 case PT_INTERP: 2460 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp"); 2461 2462 case PT_NOTE: 2463 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note")) 2464 return FALSE; 2465 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) 2466 return FALSE; 2467 return TRUE; 2468 2469 case PT_SHLIB: 2470 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib"); 2471 2472 case PT_PHDR: 2473 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr"); 2474 2475 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: 2476 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, 2477 "eh_frame_hdr"); 2478 2479 case PT_GNU_STACK: 2480 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack"); 2481 2482 case PT_GNU_RELRO: 2483 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro"); 2484 2485 default: 2486 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */ 2487 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 2488 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc"); 2489 } 2490 } 2491 2492 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either 2493 REL or RELA. */ 2494 2495 Elf_Internal_Shdr * 2496 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec) 2497 { 2498 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr) 2499 { 2500 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL); 2501 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr; 2502 } 2503 else 2504 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr; 2505 } 2506 2507 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section, 2508 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If 2509 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL 2510 relocations. */ 2511 2512 bfd_boolean 2513 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd, 2514 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata, 2515 asection *asect, 2516 bfd_boolean use_rela_p) 2517 { 2518 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 2519 char *name; 2520 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 2521 bfd_size_type amt; 2522 2523 amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr); 2524 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL); 2525 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 2526 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr; 2527 2528 amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name); 2529 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2530 if (name == NULL) 2531 return FALSE; 2532 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); 2533 rel_hdr->sh_name = 2534 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, 2535 FALSE); 2536 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) 2537 return FALSE; 2538 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; 2539 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p 2540 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela 2541 : bed->s->sizeof_rel); 2542 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; 2543 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; 2544 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; 2545 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; 2546 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; 2547 2548 return TRUE; 2549 } 2550 2551 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */ 2552 2553 int 2554 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags) 2555 { 2556 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 2557 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) 2558 return SHT_NOBITS; 2559 return SHT_PROGBITS; 2560 } 2561 2562 struct fake_section_arg 2563 { 2564 struct bfd_link_info *link_info; 2565 bfd_boolean failed; 2566 }; 2567 2568 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ 2569 2570 static void 2571 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg) 2572 { 2573 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg; 2574 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 2575 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect); 2576 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; 2577 unsigned int sh_type; 2578 2579 if (arg->failed) 2580 { 2581 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections 2582 loop. */ 2583 return; 2584 } 2585 2586 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr; 2587 2588 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), 2589 asect->name, FALSE); 2590 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) 2591 { 2592 arg->failed = TRUE; 2593 return; 2594 } 2595 2596 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */ 2597 2598 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 2599 || asect->user_set_vma) 2600 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; 2601 else 2602 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; 2603 2604 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; 2605 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size; 2606 this_hdr->sh_link = 0; 2607 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power; 2608 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by 2609 copy_private_section_data. */ 2610 2611 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; 2612 this_hdr->contents = NULL; 2613 2614 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on 2615 asect->flags. */ 2616 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0) 2617 sh_type = SHT_GROUP; 2618 else 2619 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags); 2620 2621 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL) 2622 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; 2623 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS 2624 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS 2625 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 2626 { 2627 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but 2628 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link 2629 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data 2630 to a bss output section via a linker script. */ 2631 (*_bfd_error_handler) 2632 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect); 2633 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; 2634 } 2635 2636 switch (this_hdr->sh_type) 2637 { 2638 default: 2639 break; 2640 2641 case SHT_STRTAB: 2642 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: 2643 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: 2644 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: 2645 case SHT_NOTE: 2646 case SHT_NOBITS: 2647 case SHT_PROGBITS: 2648 break; 2649 2650 case SHT_HASH: 2651 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; 2652 break; 2653 2654 case SHT_DYNSYM: 2655 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; 2656 break; 2657 2658 case SHT_DYNAMIC: 2659 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; 2660 break; 2661 2662 case SHT_RELA: 2663 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p) 2664 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; 2665 break; 2666 2667 case SHT_REL: 2668 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p) 2669 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; 2670 break; 2671 2672 case SHT_GNU_versym: 2673 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); 2674 break; 2675 2676 case SHT_GNU_verdef: 2677 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; 2678 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set 2679 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be 2680 zero. */ 2681 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) 2682 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs; 2683 else 2684 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0 2685 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs); 2686 break; 2687 2688 case SHT_GNU_verneed: 2689 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; 2690 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set 2691 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be 2692 zero. */ 2693 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) 2694 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs; 2695 else 2696 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0 2697 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs); 2698 break; 2699 2700 case SHT_GROUP: 2701 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; 2702 break; 2703 2704 case SHT_GNU_HASH: 2705 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4; 2706 break; 2707 } 2708 2709 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 2710 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; 2711 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 2712 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; 2713 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 2714 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; 2715 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) 2716 { 2717 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE; 2718 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; 2719 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0) 2720 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS; 2721 } 2722 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL) 2723 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; 2724 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) 2725 { 2726 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS; 2727 if (asect->size == 0 2728 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) 2729 { 2730 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order; 2731 2732 this_hdr->sh_size = 0; 2733 if (o != NULL) 2734 { 2735 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size; 2736 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0) 2737 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; 2738 } 2739 } 2740 } 2741 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE) 2742 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE; 2743 2744 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the 2745 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for 2746 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to 2747 create the other. */ 2748 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) 2749 { 2750 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if 2751 needed. */ 2752 if (arg->link_info 2753 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */ 2754 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0 2755 && (arg->link_info->relocatable || arg->link_info->emitrelocations)) 2756 { 2757 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL 2758 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, asect, FALSE)) 2759 { 2760 arg->failed = TRUE; 2761 return; 2762 } 2763 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL 2764 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, asect, TRUE)) 2765 { 2766 arg->failed = TRUE; 2767 return; 2768 } 2769 } 2770 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, 2771 (asect->use_rela_p 2772 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel), 2773 asect, 2774 asect->use_rela_p)) 2775 arg->failed = TRUE; 2776 } 2777 2778 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ 2779 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type; 2780 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections 2781 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) 2782 arg->failed = TRUE; 2783 2784 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0) 2785 { 2786 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being 2787 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */ 2788 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; 2789 } 2790 } 2791 2792 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from 2793 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and 2794 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r 2795 from bfd_elf_final_link. */ 2796 2797 void 2798 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg) 2799 { 2800 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg; 2801 asection *elt, *first; 2802 unsigned char *loc; 2803 bfd_boolean gas; 2804 2805 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in 2806 elfxx-ia64.c. */ 2807 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP) 2808 || *failedptr) 2809 return; 2810 2811 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0) 2812 { 2813 unsigned long symindx = 0; 2814 2815 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the 2816 generic linker. */ 2817 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL) 2818 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i; 2819 2820 if (symindx == 0) 2821 { 2822 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up 2823 elf_section_syms. */ 2824 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL); 2825 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i; 2826 } 2827 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; 2828 } 2829 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2) 2830 { 2831 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group 2832 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be 2833 set until all local symbols are output. */ 2834 asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec)); 2835 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup); 2836 unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info; 2837 unsigned long extsymoff = 0; 2838 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 2839 2840 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner)) 2841 { 2842 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 2843 2844 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr; 2845 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 2846 } 2847 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff]; 2848 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 2849 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 2850 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 2851 2852 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx; 2853 } 2854 2855 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */ 2856 gas = TRUE; 2857 if (sec->contents == NULL) 2858 { 2859 gas = FALSE; 2860 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size); 2861 2862 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */ 2863 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents; 2864 if (sec->contents == NULL) 2865 { 2866 *failedptr = TRUE; 2867 return; 2868 } 2869 } 2870 2871 loc = sec->contents + sec->size; 2872 2873 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas 2874 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the 2875 start of the input section group. */ 2876 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec); 2877 2878 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section 2879 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards 2880 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section 2881 directives, not that it matters. */ 2882 while (elt != NULL) 2883 { 2884 asection *s; 2885 2886 s = elt; 2887 if (!gas) 2888 s = s->output_section; 2889 if (s != NULL 2890 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s)) 2891 { 2892 unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 2893 2894 loc -= 4; 2895 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc); 2896 } 2897 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); 2898 if (elt == first) 2899 break; 2900 } 2901 2902 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents) 2903 abort (); 2904 2905 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc); 2906 } 2907 2908 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here 2909 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled 2910 in here too, while we're at it. */ 2911 2912 static bfd_boolean 2913 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 2914 { 2915 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); 2916 asection *sec; 2917 unsigned int section_number, secn; 2918 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; 2919 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; 2920 bfd_boolean need_symtab; 2921 2922 section_number = 1; 2923 2924 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); 2925 2926 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */ 2927 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable) 2928 { 2929 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */ 2930 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 2931 { 2932 d = elf_section_data (sec); 2933 2934 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP) 2935 { 2936 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) 2937 { 2938 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */ 2939 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec); 2940 abfd->section_count--; 2941 } 2942 else 2943 d->this_idx = section_number++; 2944 } 2945 } 2946 } 2947 2948 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) 2949 { 2950 d = elf_section_data (sec); 2951 2952 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP) 2953 d->this_idx = section_number++; 2954 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name); 2955 if (d->rel.hdr) 2956 { 2957 d->rel.idx = section_number++; 2958 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name); 2959 } 2960 else 2961 d->rel.idx = 0; 2962 2963 if (d->rela.hdr) 2964 { 2965 d->rela.idx = section_number++; 2966 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name); 2967 } 2968 else 2969 d->rela.idx = 0; 2970 } 2971 2972 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; 2973 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); 2974 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; 2975 2976 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0 2977 || (link_info == NULL 2978 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC)) 2979 == HAS_RELOC))); 2980 if (need_symtab) 2981 { 2982 t->symtab_section = section_number++; 2983 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); 2984 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF)) 2985 { 2986 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++; 2987 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name 2988 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), 2989 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE); 2990 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) 2991 return FALSE; 2992 } 2993 t->strtab_section = section_number++; 2994 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); 2995 } 2996 2997 if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE) 2998 { 2999 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"), 3000 abfd, section_number); 3001 return FALSE; 3002 } 3003 3004 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); 3005 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); 3006 3007 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number; 3008 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; 3009 3010 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the 3011 indices. */ 3012 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, 3013 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); 3014 if (i_shdrp == NULL) 3015 return FALSE; 3016 3017 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, 3018 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); 3019 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) 3020 { 3021 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); 3022 return FALSE; 3023 } 3024 3025 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; 3026 3027 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; 3028 if (need_symtab) 3029 { 3030 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; 3031 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF)) 3032 { 3033 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr; 3034 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; 3035 } 3036 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; 3037 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; 3038 } 3039 3040 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) 3041 { 3042 asection *s; 3043 const char *name; 3044 3045 d = elf_section_data (sec); 3046 3047 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; 3048 if (d->rel.idx != 0) 3049 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr; 3050 if (d->rela.idx != 0) 3051 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr; 3052 3053 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ 3054 3055 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol 3056 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which 3057 the relocation entries apply. */ 3058 if (d->rel.idx != 0) 3059 { 3060 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = t->symtab_section; 3061 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx; 3062 } 3063 if (d->rela.idx != 0) 3064 { 3065 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = t->symtab_section; 3066 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx; 3067 } 3068 3069 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ 3070 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) 3071 { 3072 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec); 3073 if (s) 3074 { 3075 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */ 3076 if (link_info != NULL) 3077 { 3078 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */ 3079 if (discarded_section (s)) 3080 { 3081 asection *kept; 3082 (*_bfd_error_handler) 3083 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"), 3084 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, 3085 s, s->owner); 3086 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same 3087 size as the discarded one. */ 3088 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info); 3089 if (kept == NULL) 3090 { 3091 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3092 return FALSE; 3093 } 3094 s = kept; 3095 } 3096 3097 s = s->output_section; 3098 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 3099 } 3100 else 3101 { 3102 /* Handle objcopy. */ 3103 if (s->output_section == NULL) 3104 { 3105 (*_bfd_error_handler) 3106 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"), 3107 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner); 3108 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3109 return FALSE; 3110 } 3111 s = s->output_section; 3112 } 3113 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 3114 } 3115 else 3116 { 3117 /* PR 290: 3118 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with 3119 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or 3120 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation 3121 where s is NULL. */ 3122 const struct elf_backend_data *bed 3123 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 3124 if (bed->link_order_error_handler) 3125 bed->link_order_error_handler 3126 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), 3127 abfd, sec); 3128 } 3129 } 3130 3131 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) 3132 { 3133 case SHT_REL: 3134 case SHT_RELA: 3135 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD 3136 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol 3137 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to 3138 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an 3139 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. 3140 FIXME: How can we be sure? */ 3141 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); 3142 if (s != NULL) 3143 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 3144 3145 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ 3146 name = sec->name; 3147 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL) 3148 name += 4; 3149 else 3150 name += 5; 3151 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); 3152 if (s != NULL) 3153 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 3154 break; 3155 3156 case SHT_STRTAB: 3157 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs 3158 string section. We look for a section with the same name 3159 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link 3160 field to point to this section. */ 3161 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab") 3162 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) 3163 { 3164 size_t len; 3165 char *alc; 3166 3167 len = strlen (sec->name); 3168 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2); 3169 if (alc == NULL) 3170 return FALSE; 3171 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); 3172 alc[len - 3] = '\0'; 3173 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); 3174 free (alc); 3175 if (s != NULL) 3176 { 3177 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; 3178 3179 /* This is a .stab section. */ 3180 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0) 3181 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize 3182 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; 3183 } 3184 } 3185 break; 3186 3187 case SHT_DYNAMIC: 3188 case SHT_DYNSYM: 3189 case SHT_GNU_verneed: 3190 case SHT_GNU_verdef: 3191 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table 3192 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the 3193 version strings. */ 3194 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); 3195 if (s != NULL) 3196 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 3197 break; 3198 3199 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: 3200 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library 3201 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or 3202 the version strings. */ 3203 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) 3204 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"); 3205 if (s != NULL) 3206 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 3207 break; 3208 3209 case SHT_HASH: 3210 case SHT_GNU_HASH: 3211 case SHT_GNU_versym: 3212 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table 3213 this hash table or version table is for. */ 3214 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); 3215 if (s != NULL) 3216 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 3217 break; 3218 3219 case SHT_GROUP: 3220 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; 3221 } 3222 } 3223 3224 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn) 3225 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL) 3226 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0]; 3227 else 3228 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd), 3229 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name); 3230 return TRUE; 3231 } 3232 3233 static bfd_boolean 3234 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) 3235 { 3236 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ 3237 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 3238 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) 3239 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym); 3240 3241 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0 3242 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) 3243 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); 3244 } 3245 3246 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be 3247 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */ 3248 3249 static bfd_boolean 3250 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) 3251 { 3252 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; 3253 3254 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0) 3255 return FALSE; 3256 3257 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym); 3258 return ((type_ptr != NULL 3259 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 3260 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)) 3261 || !(sym->section->owner == abfd 3262 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd 3263 && sym->section->output_offset == 0) 3264 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))); 3265 } 3266 3267 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving 3268 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ 3269 3270 static bfd_boolean 3271 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd) 3272 { 3273 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); 3274 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); 3275 asymbol **sect_syms; 3276 unsigned int num_locals = 0; 3277 unsigned int num_globals = 0; 3278 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; 3279 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; 3280 int max_index = 0; 3281 unsigned int idx; 3282 asection *asect; 3283 asymbol **new_syms; 3284 3285 #ifdef DEBUG 3286 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); 3287 fflush (stderr); 3288 #endif 3289 3290 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) 3291 { 3292 if (max_index < asect->index) 3293 max_index = asect->index; 3294 } 3295 3296 max_index++; 3297 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *)); 3298 if (sect_syms == NULL) 3299 return FALSE; 3300 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; 3301 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index; 3302 3303 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already 3304 decided to output. */ 3305 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) 3306 { 3307 asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; 3308 3309 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 3310 && sym->value == 0 3311 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym) 3312 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)) 3313 { 3314 asection *sec = sym->section; 3315 3316 if (sec->owner != abfd) 3317 sec = sec->output_section; 3318 3319 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; 3320 } 3321 } 3322 3323 /* Classify all of the symbols. */ 3324 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) 3325 { 3326 if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) 3327 num_globals++; 3328 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx])) 3329 num_locals++; 3330 } 3331 3332 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most 3333 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but 3334 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped 3335 at least in that case. */ 3336 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) 3337 { 3338 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) 3339 { 3340 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) 3341 num_locals++; 3342 else 3343 num_globals++; 3344 } 3345 } 3346 3347 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ 3348 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, 3349 sizeof (asymbol *)); 3350 3351 if (new_syms == NULL) 3352 return FALSE; 3353 3354 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) 3355 { 3356 asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; 3357 unsigned int i; 3358 3359 if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) 3360 i = num_locals + num_globals2++; 3361 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) 3362 i = num_locals2++; 3363 else 3364 continue; 3365 new_syms[i] = sym; 3366 sym->udata.i = i + 1; 3367 } 3368 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) 3369 { 3370 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) 3371 { 3372 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; 3373 unsigned int i; 3374 3375 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; 3376 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) 3377 i = num_locals2++; 3378 else 3379 i = num_locals + num_globals2++; 3380 new_syms[i] = sym; 3381 sym->udata.i = i + 1; 3382 } 3383 } 3384 3385 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); 3386 3387 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals; 3388 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals; 3389 return TRUE; 3390 } 3391 3392 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any 3393 ELF data structure. */ 3394 3395 static inline file_ptr 3396 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align) 3397 { 3398 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); 3399 } 3400 3401 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the 3402 required section alignment. */ 3403 3404 file_ptr 3405 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp, 3406 file_ptr offset, 3407 bfd_boolean align) 3408 { 3409 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1) 3410 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign); 3411 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; 3412 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) 3413 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; 3414 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 3415 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; 3416 return offset; 3417 } 3418 3419 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and 3420 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO 3421 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ 3422 3423 bfd_boolean 3424 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd, 3425 struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 3426 { 3427 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 3428 struct fake_section_arg fsargs; 3429 bfd_boolean failed; 3430 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL; 3431 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; 3432 bfd_boolean need_symtab; 3433 3434 if (abfd->output_has_begun) 3435 return TRUE; 3436 3437 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ 3438 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) 3439 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); 3440 3441 if (! prep_headers (abfd)) 3442 return FALSE; 3443 3444 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ 3445 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) 3446 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); 3447 3448 fsargs.failed = FALSE; 3449 fsargs.link_info = link_info; 3450 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs); 3451 if (fsargs.failed) 3452 return FALSE; 3453 3454 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info)) 3455 return FALSE; 3456 3457 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ 3458 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL 3459 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0 3460 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC)) 3461 == HAS_RELOC))); 3462 if (need_symtab) 3463 { 3464 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ 3465 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)); 3466 3467 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) 3468 return FALSE; 3469 } 3470 3471 failed = FALSE; 3472 if (link_info == NULL) 3473 { 3474 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed); 3475 if (failed) 3476 return FALSE; 3477 } 3478 3479 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; 3480 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ 3481 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; 3482 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; 3483 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; 3484 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); 3485 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; 3486 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; 3487 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; 3488 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */ 3489 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; 3490 3491 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info)) 3492 return FALSE; 3493 3494 if (need_symtab) 3495 { 3496 file_ptr off; 3497 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 3498 3499 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; 3500 3501 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 3502 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); 3503 3504 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; 3505 if (hdr->sh_size != 0) 3506 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); 3507 3508 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; 3509 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); 3510 3511 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; 3512 3513 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it 3514 out. */ 3515 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 3516 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) 3517 return FALSE; 3518 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); 3519 } 3520 3521 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE; 3522 3523 return TRUE; 3524 } 3525 3526 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we 3527 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */ 3528 3529 static bfd_size_type 3530 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3531 { 3532 size_t segs; 3533 asection *s; 3534 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 3535 3536 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text 3537 and one for data. */ 3538 segs = 2; 3539 3540 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); 3541 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 3542 { 3543 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a 3544 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a 3545 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all 3546 targets. */ 3547 segs += 2; 3548 } 3549 3550 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) 3551 { 3552 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ 3553 ++segs; 3554 } 3555 3556 if (info != NULL && info->relro) 3557 { 3558 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ 3559 ++segs; 3560 } 3561 3562 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr) 3563 { 3564 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ 3565 ++segs; 3566 } 3567 3568 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags) 3569 { 3570 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */ 3571 ++segs; 3572 } 3573 3574 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 3575 { 3576 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 3577 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) 3578 { 3579 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ 3580 ++segs; 3581 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment 3582 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections. 3583 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment 3584 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section) 3585 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size, 3586 so we check whether the sections are correctly 3587 aligned. */ 3588 if (s->alignment_power == 2) 3589 while (s->next != NULL 3590 && s->next->alignment_power == 2 3591 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 3592 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note")) 3593 s = s->next; 3594 } 3595 } 3596 3597 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 3598 { 3599 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) 3600 { 3601 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */ 3602 ++segs; 3603 break; 3604 } 3605 } 3606 3607 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ 3608 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 3609 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) 3610 { 3611 int a; 3612 3613 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info); 3614 if (a == -1) 3615 abort (); 3616 segs += a; 3617 } 3618 3619 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 3620 } 3621 3622 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */ 3623 3624 Elf_Internal_Phdr * 3625 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section) 3626 { 3627 struct elf_segment_map *m; 3628 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; 3629 3630 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, 3631 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; 3632 m != NULL; 3633 m = m->next, p++) 3634 { 3635 int i; 3636 3637 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--) 3638 if (m->sections[i] == section) 3639 return p; 3640 } 3641 3642 return NULL; 3643 } 3644 3645 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ 3646 3647 static struct elf_segment_map * 3648 make_mapping (bfd *abfd, 3649 asection **sections, 3650 unsigned int from, 3651 unsigned int to, 3652 bfd_boolean phdr) 3653 { 3654 struct elf_segment_map *m; 3655 unsigned int i; 3656 asection **hdrpp; 3657 bfd_size_type amt; 3658 3659 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 3660 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 3661 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 3662 if (m == NULL) 3663 return NULL; 3664 m->next = NULL; 3665 m->p_type = PT_LOAD; 3666 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) 3667 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; 3668 m->count = to - from; 3669 3670 if (from == 0 && phdr) 3671 { 3672 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ 3673 m->includes_filehdr = 1; 3674 m->includes_phdrs = 1; 3675 } 3676 3677 return m; 3678 } 3679 3680 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL 3681 on failure. */ 3682 3683 struct elf_segment_map * 3684 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec) 3685 { 3686 struct elf_segment_map *m; 3687 3688 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, 3689 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)); 3690 if (m == NULL) 3691 return NULL; 3692 m->next = NULL; 3693 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; 3694 m->count = 1; 3695 m->sections[0] = dynsec; 3696 3697 return m; 3698 } 3699 3700 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */ 3701 3702 static bfd_boolean 3703 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, 3704 struct bfd_link_info *info, 3705 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load) 3706 { 3707 struct elf_segment_map **m; 3708 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 3709 3710 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are 3711 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such 3712 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded 3713 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is 3714 removed. */ 3715 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; 3716 while (*m) 3717 { 3718 unsigned int i, new_count; 3719 3720 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++) 3721 { 3722 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 3723 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 3724 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD)) 3725 { 3726 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i]; 3727 new_count++; 3728 } 3729 } 3730 (*m)->count = new_count; 3731 3732 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0) 3733 *m = (*m)->next; 3734 else 3735 m = &(*m)->next; 3736 } 3737 3738 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 3739 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL) 3740 { 3741 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info)) 3742 return FALSE; 3743 } 3744 3745 return TRUE; 3746 } 3747 3748 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ 3749 3750 bfd_boolean 3751 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3752 { 3753 unsigned int count; 3754 struct elf_segment_map *m; 3755 asection **sections = NULL; 3756 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 3757 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs; 3758 3759 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL; 3760 3761 if (info != NULL) 3762 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs; 3763 3764 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0) 3765 { 3766 asection *s; 3767 unsigned int i; 3768 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; 3769 struct elf_segment_map **pm; 3770 asection *last_hdr; 3771 bfd_vma last_size; 3772 unsigned int phdr_index; 3773 bfd_vma maxpagesize; 3774 asection **hdrpp; 3775 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE; 3776 bfd_boolean writable; 3777 int tls_count = 0; 3778 asection *first_tls = NULL; 3779 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr; 3780 bfd_size_type amt; 3781 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0; 3782 3783 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ 3784 3785 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), 3786 sizeof (asection *)); 3787 if (sections == NULL) 3788 goto error_return; 3789 3790 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift 3791 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type 3792 being shifted. */ 3793 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1; 3794 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1; 3795 3796 i = 0; 3797 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 3798 { 3799 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 3800 { 3801 sections[i] = s; 3802 ++i; 3803 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */ 3804 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask)) 3805 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask; 3806 } 3807 } 3808 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)); 3809 count = i; 3810 3811 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); 3812 3813 /* Build the mapping. */ 3814 3815 mfirst = NULL; 3816 pm = &mfirst; 3817 3818 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for 3819 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp 3820 section. */ 3821 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); 3822 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 3823 { 3824 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 3825 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 3826 if (m == NULL) 3827 goto error_return; 3828 m->next = NULL; 3829 m->p_type = PT_PHDR; 3830 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ 3831 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; 3832 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 3833 m->includes_phdrs = 1; 3834 3835 *pm = m; 3836 pm = &m->next; 3837 3838 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 3839 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 3840 if (m == NULL) 3841 goto error_return; 3842 m->next = NULL; 3843 m->p_type = PT_INTERP; 3844 m->count = 1; 3845 m->sections[0] = s; 3846 3847 *pm = m; 3848 pm = &m->next; 3849 } 3850 3851 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program 3852 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within 3853 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ 3854 last_hdr = NULL; 3855 last_size = 0; 3856 phdr_index = 0; 3857 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; 3858 writable = FALSE; 3859 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 3860 if (dynsec != NULL 3861 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) 3862 dynsec = NULL; 3863 3864 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section 3865 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an 3866 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many 3867 program headers we will need. */ 3868 if (count > 0) 3869 { 3870 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; 3871 3872 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) 3873 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); 3874 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 3875 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 3876 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size 3877 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize 3878 < phdr_size % maxpagesize) 3879 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to) 3880 phdr_in_segment = FALSE; 3881 } 3882 3883 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) 3884 { 3885 asection *hdr; 3886 bfd_boolean new_segment; 3887 3888 hdr = *hdrpp; 3889 3890 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same 3891 segment. */ 3892 3893 if (last_hdr == NULL) 3894 { 3895 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new 3896 one (we build the last one after this loop). */ 3897 new_segment = FALSE; 3898 } 3899 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) 3900 { 3901 /* If this section has a different relation between the 3902 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new 3903 segment. */ 3904 new_segment = TRUE; 3905 } 3906 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size 3907 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma) 3908 { 3909 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap 3910 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */ 3911 new_segment = TRUE; 3912 } 3913 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close 3914 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps 3915 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more 3916 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current 3917 section can be included in the current segment. */ 3918 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize 3919 > last_hdr->lma) 3920 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize 3921 <= hdr->lma)) 3922 { 3923 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to 3924 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ 3925 new_segment = TRUE; 3926 } 3927 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 3928 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0) 3929 { 3930 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a 3931 nonloadable section in the same segment. 3932 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */ 3933 new_segment = TRUE; 3934 } 3935 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) 3936 { 3937 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we 3938 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the 3939 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ 3940 new_segment = FALSE; 3941 } 3942 else if (! writable 3943 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 3944 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize) 3945 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize))) 3946 { 3947 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only 3948 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory 3949 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not 3950 bring us past the current section on the page, so the 3951 only case in which the new section is not on the same 3952 page as the previous section is when the previous section 3953 ends precisely on a page boundary. */ 3954 new_segment = TRUE; 3955 } 3956 else 3957 { 3958 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ 3959 new_segment = FALSE; 3960 } 3961 3962 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */ 3963 if (last_hdr != NULL 3964 && info != NULL 3965 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL) 3966 new_segment 3967 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, 3968 last_hdr, 3969 new_segment); 3970 3971 if (! new_segment) 3972 { 3973 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 3974 writable = TRUE; 3975 last_hdr = hdr; 3976 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ 3977 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) 3978 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) 3979 last_size = hdr->size; 3980 else 3981 last_size = 0; 3982 continue; 3983 } 3984 3985 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program 3986 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ 3987 3988 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); 3989 if (m == NULL) 3990 goto error_return; 3991 3992 *pm = m; 3993 pm = &m->next; 3994 3995 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 3996 writable = TRUE; 3997 else 3998 writable = FALSE; 3999 4000 last_hdr = hdr; 4001 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ 4002 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) 4003 last_size = hdr->size; 4004 else 4005 last_size = 0; 4006 phdr_index = i; 4007 phdr_in_segment = FALSE; 4008 } 4009 4010 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just 4011 for .tbss. */ 4012 if (last_hdr != NULL 4013 && (i - phdr_index != 1 4014 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) 4015 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))) 4016 { 4017 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); 4018 if (m == NULL) 4019 goto error_return; 4020 4021 *pm = m; 4022 pm = &m->next; 4023 } 4024 4025 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ 4026 if (dynsec != NULL) 4027 { 4028 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec); 4029 if (m == NULL) 4030 goto error_return; 4031 *pm = m; 4032 pm = &m->next; 4033 } 4034 4035 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections, 4036 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name, 4037 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and 4038 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections 4039 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is 4040 bogus anyhow. */ 4041 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 4042 { 4043 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 4044 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) 4045 { 4046 asection *s2; 4047 4048 count = 1; 4049 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 4050 if (s->alignment_power == 2) 4051 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next) 4052 { 4053 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2 4054 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 4055 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note") 4056 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2) 4057 == s2->next->lma) 4058 count++; 4059 else 4060 break; 4061 } 4062 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 4063 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 4064 if (m == NULL) 4065 goto error_return; 4066 m->next = NULL; 4067 m->p_type = PT_NOTE; 4068 m->count = count; 4069 while (count > 1) 4070 { 4071 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s; 4072 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); 4073 s = s->next; 4074 } 4075 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s; 4076 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); 4077 *pm = m; 4078 pm = &m->next; 4079 } 4080 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) 4081 { 4082 if (! tls_count) 4083 first_tls = s; 4084 tls_count++; 4085 } 4086 } 4087 4088 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */ 4089 if (tls_count > 0) 4090 { 4091 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 4092 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 4093 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 4094 if (m == NULL) 4095 goto error_return; 4096 m->next = NULL; 4097 m->p_type = PT_TLS; 4098 m->count = tls_count; 4099 /* Mandated PF_R. */ 4100 m->p_flags = PF_R; 4101 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 4102 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i) 4103 { 4104 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL); 4105 m->sections[i] = first_tls; 4106 first_tls = first_tls->next; 4107 } 4108 4109 *pm = m; 4110 pm = &m->next; 4111 } 4112 4113 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME 4114 segment. */ 4115 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr; 4116 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL 4117 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 4118 { 4119 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 4120 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 4121 if (m == NULL) 4122 goto error_return; 4123 m->next = NULL; 4124 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME; 4125 m->count = 1; 4126 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section; 4127 4128 *pm = m; 4129 pm = &m->next; 4130 } 4131 4132 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags) 4133 { 4134 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 4135 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 4136 if (m == NULL) 4137 goto error_return; 4138 m->next = NULL; 4139 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK; 4140 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags; 4141 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 4142 4143 *pm = m; 4144 pm = &m->next; 4145 } 4146 4147 if (info != NULL && info->relro) 4148 { 4149 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next) 4150 { 4151 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD 4152 && m->count != 0 4153 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start 4154 && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end) 4155 { 4156 i = m->count; 4157 while (--i != (unsigned) -1) 4158 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) 4159 == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) 4160 break; 4161 4162 if (i == (unsigned) -1) 4163 continue; 4164 4165 if (m->sections[i]->vma + m->sections[i]->size 4166 >= info->relro_end) 4167 break; 4168 } 4169 } 4170 4171 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */ 4172 if (m != NULL) 4173 { 4174 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 4175 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 4176 if (m == NULL) 4177 goto error_return; 4178 m->next = NULL; 4179 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO; 4180 m->p_flags = PF_R; 4181 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 4182 4183 *pm = m; 4184 pm = &m->next; 4185 } 4186 } 4187 4188 free (sections); 4189 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst; 4190 } 4191 4192 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs)) 4193 return FALSE; 4194 4195 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) 4196 ++count; 4197 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 4198 4199 return TRUE; 4200 4201 error_return: 4202 if (sections != NULL) 4203 free (sections); 4204 return FALSE; 4205 } 4206 4207 /* Sort sections by address. */ 4208 4209 static int 4210 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) 4211 { 4212 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; 4213 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; 4214 bfd_size_type size1, size2; 4215 4216 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to 4217 place the section into a segment. */ 4218 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) 4219 return -1; 4220 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) 4221 return 1; 4222 4223 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be 4224 the same, and this will do nothing. */ 4225 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) 4226 return -1; 4227 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) 4228 return 1; 4229 4230 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ 4231 4232 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0) 4233 4234 if (TOEND (sec1)) 4235 { 4236 if (TOEND (sec2)) 4237 { 4238 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 4239 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ 4240 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) 4241 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; 4242 } 4243 else 4244 return 1; 4245 } 4246 else if (TOEND (sec2)) 4247 return -1; 4248 4249 #undef TOEND 4250 4251 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections 4252 before others at the same address. */ 4253 4254 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0; 4255 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0; 4256 4257 if (size1 < size2) 4258 return -1; 4259 if (size1 > size2) 4260 return 1; 4261 4262 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; 4263 } 4264 4265 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes: 4266 4267 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just 4268 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not 4269 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types 4270 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a 4271 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long, 4272 which is wrong. 4273 4274 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by 4275 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo 4276 the page size.'' */ 4277 /* In other words, something like: 4278 4279 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize; 4280 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize; 4281 if (vma_offset < off_offset) 4282 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset; 4283 else 4284 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset; 4285 4286 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */ 4287 4288 static file_ptr 4289 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize) 4290 { 4291 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize); 4292 } 4293 4294 static void 4295 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m) 4296 { 4297 unsigned int j; 4298 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type); 4299 char buf[32]; 4300 4301 if (pt == NULL) 4302 { 4303 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC) 4304 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x", 4305 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC)); 4306 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS) 4307 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x", 4308 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS)); 4309 else 4310 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x", 4311 (unsigned int) m->p_type); 4312 pt = buf; 4313 } 4314 fflush (stdout); 4315 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt); 4316 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++) 4317 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name); 4318 putc ('\n',stderr); 4319 fflush (stderr); 4320 } 4321 4322 static bfd_boolean 4323 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len) 4324 { 4325 void *buf; 4326 bfd_boolean ret; 4327 4328 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0) 4329 return FALSE; 4330 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len); 4331 if (buf == NULL) 4332 return FALSE; 4333 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len; 4334 free (buf); 4335 return ret; 4336 } 4337 4338 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from 4339 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in 4340 the file header. */ 4341 4342 static bfd_boolean 4343 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd, 4344 struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 4345 { 4346 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 4347 struct elf_segment_map *m; 4348 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; 4349 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; 4350 file_ptr off; 4351 bfd_size_type maxpagesize; 4352 unsigned int alloc; 4353 unsigned int i, j; 4354 bfd_vma header_pad = 0; 4355 4356 if (link_info == NULL 4357 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info)) 4358 return FALSE; 4359 4360 alloc = 0; 4361 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) 4362 { 4363 ++alloc; 4364 if (m->header_size) 4365 header_pad = m->header_size; 4366 } 4367 4368 if (alloc) 4369 { 4370 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4371 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 4372 } 4373 else 4374 { 4375 /* PR binutils/12467. */ 4376 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0; 4377 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0; 4378 } 4379 4380 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc; 4381 4382 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) 4383 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 4384 else 4385 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size 4386 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr); 4387 4388 if (alloc == 0) 4389 { 4390 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4391 return TRUE; 4392 } 4393 4394 /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size, 4395 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have 4396 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared. 4397 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata 4398 (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the 4399 layout. 4400 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments 4401 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the 4402 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */ 4403 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size % bed->s->sizeof_phdr 4404 == 0); 4405 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) 4406 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 4407 (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr), 4408 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); 4409 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs; 4410 if (phdrs == NULL) 4411 return FALSE; 4412 4413 maxpagesize = 1; 4414 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) 4415 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; 4416 4417 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4418 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 4419 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off) 4420 header_pad = 0; 4421 else 4422 header_pad -= off; 4423 off += header_pad; 4424 4425 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0; 4426 m != NULL; 4427 m = m->next, p++, j++) 4428 { 4429 asection **secpp; 4430 bfd_vma off_adjust; 4431 bfd_boolean no_contents; 4432 4433 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the 4434 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should 4435 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may 4436 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. 4437 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ 4438 if (m->count > 1 4439 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE 4440 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE)) 4441 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), 4442 elf_sort_sections); 4443 4444 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a 4445 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz 4446 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents 4447 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next 4448 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */ 4449 p->p_type = m->p_type; 4450 p->p_flags = m->p_flags; 4451 4452 if (m->count == 0) 4453 p->p_vaddr = 0; 4454 else 4455 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset; 4456 4457 if (m->p_paddr_valid) 4458 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; 4459 else if (m->count == 0) 4460 p->p_paddr = 0; 4461 else 4462 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset; 4463 4464 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD 4465 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) 4466 { 4467 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores 4468 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with 4469 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this 4470 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which 4471 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS 4472 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying 4473 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS 4474 segment. */ 4475 if (m->p_align_valid) 4476 maxpagesize = m->p_align; 4477 4478 p->p_align = maxpagesize; 4479 } 4480 else if (m->p_align_valid) 4481 p->p_align = m->p_align; 4482 else if (m->count == 0) 4483 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; 4484 else 4485 p->p_align = 0; 4486 4487 no_contents = FALSE; 4488 off_adjust = 0; 4489 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD 4490 && m->count > 0) 4491 { 4492 bfd_size_type align; 4493 unsigned int align_power = 0; 4494 4495 if (m->p_align_valid) 4496 align = p->p_align; 4497 else 4498 { 4499 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) 4500 { 4501 unsigned int secalign; 4502 4503 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp); 4504 if (secalign > align_power) 4505 align_power = secalign; 4506 } 4507 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power; 4508 if (align < maxpagesize) 4509 align = maxpagesize; 4510 } 4511 4512 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) 4513 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) 4514 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then 4515 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've 4516 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */ 4517 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS; 4518 4519 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable 4520 sections. */ 4521 no_contents = TRUE; 4522 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) 4523 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS) 4524 { 4525 no_contents = FALSE; 4526 break; 4527 } 4528 4529 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align); 4530 off += off_adjust; 4531 if (no_contents) 4532 { 4533 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since 4534 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI 4535 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so 4536 checks it. So to comply with the alignment 4537 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust 4538 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is 4539 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset 4540 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */ 4541 } 4542 else 4543 off_adjust = 0; 4544 } 4545 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the 4546 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ 4547 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC 4548 && m->count > 1 4549 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0) 4550 { 4551 _bfd_error_handler 4552 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"), 4553 abfd); 4554 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 4555 return FALSE; 4556 } 4557 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */ 4558 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE) 4559 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) 4560 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE; 4561 4562 p->p_offset = 0; 4563 p->p_filesz = 0; 4564 p->p_memsz = 0; 4565 4566 if (m->includes_filehdr) 4567 { 4568 if (!m->p_flags_valid) 4569 p->p_flags |= PF_R; 4570 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4571 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4572 if (m->count > 0) 4573 { 4574 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) 4575 { 4576 (*_bfd_error_handler) 4577 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"), 4578 abfd); 4579 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 4580 return FALSE; 4581 } 4582 4583 p->p_vaddr -= off; 4584 if (!m->p_paddr_valid) 4585 p->p_paddr -= off; 4586 } 4587 } 4588 4589 if (m->includes_phdrs) 4590 { 4591 if (!m->p_flags_valid) 4592 p->p_flags |= PF_R; 4593 4594 if (!m->includes_filehdr) 4595 { 4596 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4597 4598 if (m->count > 0) 4599 { 4600 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; 4601 if (!m->p_paddr_valid) 4602 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; 4603 } 4604 } 4605 4606 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 4607 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 4608 if (m->count) 4609 { 4610 p->p_filesz += header_pad; 4611 p->p_memsz += header_pad; 4612 } 4613 } 4614 4615 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD 4616 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) 4617 { 4618 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs) 4619 p->p_offset = off; 4620 else 4621 { 4622 file_ptr adjust; 4623 4624 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); 4625 if (!no_contents) 4626 p->p_filesz += adjust; 4627 p->p_memsz += adjust; 4628 } 4629 } 4630 4631 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section 4632 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in 4633 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments. 4634 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos 4635 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */ 4636 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) 4637 { 4638 asection *sec; 4639 bfd_size_type align; 4640 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; 4641 4642 sec = *secpp; 4643 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr; 4644 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec); 4645 4646 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD 4647 || p->p_type == PT_TLS) 4648 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS 4649 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 4650 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0 4651 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))) 4652 { 4653 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr; 4654 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz; 4655 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma; 4656 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end; 4657 4658 if (adjust != 0 4659 && (s_start < p_end 4660 || p_end < p_start)) 4661 { 4662 (*_bfd_error_handler) 4663 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec, 4664 (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end); 4665 adjust = 0; 4666 sec->lma = p_end; 4667 } 4668 p->p_memsz += adjust; 4669 4670 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 4671 { 4672 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz) 4673 { 4674 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones. 4675 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and 4676 zero it. */ 4677 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz; 4678 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust)) 4679 return FALSE; 4680 } 4681 off += adjust; 4682 p->p_filesz += adjust; 4683 } 4684 } 4685 4686 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) 4687 { 4688 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains 4689 everything. */ 4690 if (i == 0) 4691 { 4692 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; 4693 off += this_hdr->sh_size; 4694 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size; 4695 p->p_memsz = 0; 4696 p->p_align = 1; 4697 } 4698 else 4699 { 4700 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */ 4701 sec->filepos = 0; 4702 sec->size = 0; 4703 sec->flags = 0; 4704 continue; 4705 } 4706 } 4707 else 4708 { 4709 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) 4710 { 4711 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; 4712 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 4713 off += this_hdr->sh_size; 4714 } 4715 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS 4716 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0 4717 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0) 4718 { 4719 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD. 4720 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a 4721 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it 4722 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and 4723 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This 4724 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same 4725 p_offset value. */ 4726 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr, 4727 off, align); 4728 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust; 4729 } 4730 4731 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 4732 { 4733 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size; 4734 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like 4735 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take 4736 file space but are not loaded into memory. */ 4737 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) 4738 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; 4739 } 4740 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) 4741 { 4742 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS) 4743 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; 4744 4745 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of 4746 normal segments. */ 4747 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) 4748 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; 4749 } 4750 4751 if (align > p->p_align 4752 && !m->p_align_valid 4753 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD 4754 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)) 4755 p->p_align = align; 4756 } 4757 4758 if (!m->p_flags_valid) 4759 { 4760 p->p_flags |= PF_R; 4761 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) 4762 p->p_flags |= PF_X; 4763 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) 4764 p->p_flags |= PF_W; 4765 } 4766 } 4767 off -= off_adjust; 4768 4769 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment. 4770 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */ 4771 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) 4772 { 4773 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE; 4774 4775 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++) 4776 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma 4777 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i]) 4778 ->this_hdr), p) != 0 4779 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1]) 4780 ->this_hdr), p) != 0) 4781 { 4782 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */ 4783 check_vma = FALSE; 4784 break; 4785 } 4786 4787 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) 4788 { 4789 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; 4790 asection *sec; 4791 4792 sec = m->sections[i]; 4793 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr); 4794 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0) 4795 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p)) 4796 { 4797 (*_bfd_error_handler) 4798 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"), 4799 abfd, sec, j); 4800 print_segment_map (m); 4801 } 4802 } 4803 } 4804 } 4805 4806 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; 4807 return TRUE; 4808 } 4809 4810 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ 4811 4812 static bfd_boolean 4813 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd, 4814 struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 4815 { 4816 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 4817 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp; 4818 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; 4819 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; 4820 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; 4821 struct elf_segment_map *m; 4822 struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment; 4823 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; 4824 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; 4825 file_ptr off; 4826 unsigned int num_sec; 4827 unsigned int i; 4828 unsigned int count; 4829 4830 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); 4831 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 4832 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; 4833 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) 4834 { 4835 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); 4836 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 4837 4838 hdr = *hdrpp; 4839 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL 4840 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0 4841 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS 4842 && hdr->contents == NULL))) 4843 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos); 4844 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) 4845 { 4846 if (hdr->sh_size != 0) 4847 (*_bfd_error_handler) 4848 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), 4849 abfd, 4850 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL 4851 ? "*unknown*" 4852 : hdr->bfd_section->name)); 4853 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */ 4854 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0) 4855 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, 4856 bed->maxpagesize); 4857 else 4858 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, 4859 hdr->sh_addralign); 4860 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, 4861 FALSE); 4862 } 4863 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) 4864 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) 4865 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] 4866 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section] 4867 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section]) 4868 hdr->sh_offset = -1; 4869 else 4870 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); 4871 } 4872 4873 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up 4874 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ 4875 count = 0; 4876 filehdr_vaddr = 0; 4877 filehdr_paddr = 0; 4878 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4879 phdrs_paddr = 0; 4880 hdrs_segment = NULL; 4881 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; 4882 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; 4883 m != NULL; 4884 m = m->next, p++) 4885 { 4886 ++count; 4887 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD) 4888 continue; 4889 4890 if (m->includes_filehdr) 4891 { 4892 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; 4893 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; 4894 } 4895 if (m->includes_phdrs) 4896 { 4897 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; 4898 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; 4899 if (m->includes_filehdr) 4900 { 4901 hdrs_segment = m; 4902 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4903 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4904 } 4905 } 4906 } 4907 4908 if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL) 4909 { 4910 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the 4911 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there. 4912 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */ 4913 4914 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash 4915 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start", 4916 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 4917 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */ 4918 if (hash != NULL 4919 && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new 4920 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 4921 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 4922 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)) 4923 { 4924 asection *s = NULL; 4925 if (hdrs_segment->count != 0) 4926 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */ 4927 s = hdrs_segment->sections[0]; 4928 else 4929 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */ 4930 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) 4931 if (m->count != 0) 4932 { 4933 s = m->sections[0]; 4934 break; 4935 } 4936 4937 if (s != NULL) 4938 { 4939 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma; 4940 hash->root.u.def.section = s; 4941 } 4942 else 4943 { 4944 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr; 4945 hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 4946 } 4947 4948 hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 4949 hash->def_regular = 1; 4950 hash->non_elf = 0; 4951 } 4952 } 4953 4954 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; 4955 m != NULL; 4956 m = m->next, p++) 4957 { 4958 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) 4959 { 4960 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp; 4961 struct elf_segment_map *lm; 4962 4963 if (link_info != NULL) 4964 { 4965 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed 4966 in link_info. */ 4967 for (lm = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, lp = phdrs; 4968 lm != NULL; 4969 lm = lm->next, lp++) 4970 { 4971 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD 4972 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end 4973 && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz >= link_info->relro_end 4974 && lm->count != 0 4975 && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start) 4976 break; 4977 } 4978 4979 /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the 4980 LOAD segment, it should be removed. */ 4981 BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL); 4982 } 4983 else 4984 { 4985 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared 4986 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */ 4987 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp) 4988 { 4989 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD 4990 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr) 4991 break; 4992 } 4993 } 4994 4995 if (lp < phdrs + count) 4996 { 4997 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr; 4998 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr; 4999 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset; 5000 if (link_info != NULL) 5001 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr; 5002 else if (m->p_size_valid) 5003 p->p_filesz = m->p_size; 5004 else 5005 abort (); 5006 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz; 5007 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The 5008 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section. 5009 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes 5010 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files. 5011 */ 5012 if (!m->p_align_valid) 5013 p->p_align = 1; 5014 if (!m->p_flags_valid) 5015 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W); 5016 } 5017 else 5018 { 5019 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); 5020 p->p_type = PT_NULL; 5021 } 5022 } 5023 else if (m->count != 0) 5024 { 5025 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD 5026 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE 5027 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)) 5028 { 5029 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs); 5030 5031 p->p_filesz = 0; 5032 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; 5033 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;) 5034 { 5035 asection *sect = m->sections[i]; 5036 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr; 5037 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 5038 { 5039 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos 5040 + hdr->sh_size); 5041 break; 5042 } 5043 } 5044 } 5045 } 5046 else if (m->includes_filehdr) 5047 { 5048 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; 5049 if (! m->p_paddr_valid) 5050 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; 5051 } 5052 else if (m->includes_phdrs) 5053 { 5054 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; 5055 if (! m->p_paddr_valid) 5056 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; 5057 } 5058 } 5059 5060 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; 5061 5062 return TRUE; 5063 } 5064 5065 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by 5066 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and 5067 VMAs must be known before this is called. 5068 5069 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as 5070 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and 5071 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are 5072 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't 5073 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable 5074 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by 5075 assign_file_positions_for_relocs. 5076 5077 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ 5078 5079 static bfd_boolean 5080 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd, 5081 struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 5082 { 5083 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); 5084 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); 5085 file_ptr off; 5086 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 5087 5088 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 5089 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) 5090 { 5091 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); 5092 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 5093 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; 5094 unsigned int i; 5095 5096 /* Start after the ELF header. */ 5097 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; 5098 5099 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are 5100 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of 5101 the sections in the file is unimportant. */ 5102 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) 5103 { 5104 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 5105 5106 hdr = *hdrpp; 5107 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) 5108 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) 5109 || i == tdata->symtab_section 5110 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section 5111 || i == tdata->strtab_section) 5112 { 5113 hdr->sh_offset = -1; 5114 } 5115 else 5116 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); 5117 } 5118 } 5119 else 5120 { 5121 unsigned int alloc; 5122 5123 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the 5124 assignment of sections to segments. */ 5125 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) 5126 return FALSE; 5127 5128 /* And for non-load sections. */ 5129 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) 5130 return FALSE; 5131 5132 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL) 5133 { 5134 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info)) 5135 return FALSE; 5136 } 5137 5138 /* Write out the program headers. */ 5139 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 5140 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0 5141 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0) 5142 return FALSE; 5143 5144 off = tdata->next_file_pos; 5145 } 5146 5147 /* Place the section headers. */ 5148 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align); 5149 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; 5150 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; 5151 5152 tdata->next_file_pos = off; 5153 5154 return TRUE; 5155 } 5156 5157 static bfd_boolean 5158 prep_headers (bfd *abfd) 5159 { 5160 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */ 5161 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; 5162 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 5163 5164 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); 5165 5166 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); 5167 if (shstrtab == NULL) 5168 return FALSE; 5169 5170 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; 5171 5172 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; 5173 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; 5174 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; 5175 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; 5176 5177 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; 5178 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = 5179 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; 5180 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; 5181 5182 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) 5183 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; 5184 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) 5185 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; 5186 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) 5187 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE; 5188 else 5189 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; 5190 5191 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) 5192 { 5193 case bfd_arch_unknown: 5194 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; 5195 break; 5196 5197 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting 5198 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE 5199 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, 5200 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling 5201 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), 5202 unless they need the information earlier than the final write. 5203 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for 5204 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ 5205 default: 5206 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code; 5207 } 5208 5209 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; 5210 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 5211 5212 /* No program header, for now. */ 5213 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; 5214 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; 5215 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; 5216 5217 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ 5218 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); 5219 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; 5220 5221 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ 5222 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) 5223 /* It all happens later. */ 5224 ; 5225 else 5226 { 5227 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; 5228 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; 5229 } 5230 5231 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = 5232 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE); 5233 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = 5234 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE); 5235 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = 5236 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE); 5237 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 5238 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 5239 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) 5240 return FALSE; 5241 5242 return TRUE; 5243 } 5244 5245 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part 5246 of the loadable file image. */ 5247 5248 void 5249 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd) 5250 { 5251 file_ptr off; 5252 unsigned int i, num_sec; 5253 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; 5254 5255 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; 5256 5257 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 5258 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++) 5259 { 5260 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; 5261 5262 shdrp = *shdrpp; 5263 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA) 5264 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) 5265 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE); 5266 } 5267 5268 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; 5269 } 5270 5271 bfd_boolean 5272 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd) 5273 { 5274 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 5275 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; 5276 bfd_boolean failed; 5277 unsigned int count, num_sec; 5278 5279 if (! abfd->output_has_begun 5280 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) 5281 return FALSE; 5282 5283 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); 5284 5285 failed = FALSE; 5286 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); 5287 if (failed) 5288 return FALSE; 5289 5290 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); 5291 5292 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ 5293 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 5294 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) 5295 { 5296 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) 5297 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); 5298 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) 5299 { 5300 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; 5301 5302 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 5303 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) 5304 return FALSE; 5305 } 5306 } 5307 5308 /* Write out the section header names. */ 5309 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL 5310 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 5311 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))) 5312 return FALSE; 5313 5314 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) 5315 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, 5316 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker); 5317 5318 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd)) 5319 return FALSE; 5320 5321 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */ 5322 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) 5323 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd); 5324 5325 return TRUE; 5326 } 5327 5328 bfd_boolean 5329 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd) 5330 { 5331 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ 5332 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); 5333 } 5334 5335 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ 5336 5337 unsigned int 5338 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect) 5339 { 5340 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 5341 unsigned int sec_index; 5342 5343 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL 5344 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0) 5345 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx; 5346 5347 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) 5348 sec_index = SHN_ABS; 5349 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) 5350 sec_index = SHN_COMMON; 5351 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) 5352 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF; 5353 else 5354 sec_index = SHN_BAD; 5355 5356 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 5357 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) 5358 { 5359 int retval = sec_index; 5360 5361 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval)) 5362 return retval; 5363 } 5364 5365 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD) 5366 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); 5367 5368 return sec_index; 5369 } 5370 5371 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 5372 on error. */ 5373 5374 int 5375 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr) 5376 { 5377 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; 5378 int idx; 5379 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; 5380 5381 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its 5382 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the 5383 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating 5384 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the 5385 input sections rather than the output section. */ 5386 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 5387 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) 5388 && asym_ptr->section) 5389 { 5390 asection *sec; 5391 int indx; 5392 5393 sec = asym_ptr->section; 5394 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL) 5395 sec = sec->output_section; 5396 if (sec->owner == abfd 5397 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd) 5398 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL) 5399 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; 5400 } 5401 5402 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; 5403 5404 if (idx == 0) 5405 { 5406 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol 5407 which is used in a relocation entry. */ 5408 (*_bfd_error_handler) 5409 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"), 5410 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)); 5411 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); 5412 return -1; 5413 } 5414 5415 #if DEBUG & 4 5416 { 5417 fprintf (stderr, 5418 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n", 5419 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags); 5420 fflush (stderr); 5421 } 5422 #endif 5423 5424 return idx; 5425 } 5426 5427 /* Rewrite program header information. */ 5428 5429 static bfd_boolean 5430 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) 5431 { 5432 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; 5433 struct elf_segment_map *map; 5434 struct elf_segment_map *map_first; 5435 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; 5436 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; 5437 asection *section; 5438 unsigned int i; 5439 unsigned int num_segments; 5440 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; 5441 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; 5442 bfd_vma maxpagesize; 5443 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL; 5444 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; 5445 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 5446 5447 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); 5448 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); 5449 5450 map_first = NULL; 5451 pointer_to_map = &map_first; 5452 5453 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; 5454 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize; 5455 5456 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ 5457 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ 5458 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ 5459 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) 5460 5461 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \ 5462 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ 5463 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \ 5464 ? section->size : 0) 5465 5466 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within 5467 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ 5468 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ 5469 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ 5470 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ 5471 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))) 5472 5473 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within 5474 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ 5475 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ 5476 (section->lma >= base \ 5477 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ 5478 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))) 5479 5480 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */ 5481 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \ 5482 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \ 5483 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \ 5484 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ 5485 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ 5486 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) 5487 5488 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo 5489 etc. */ 5490 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ 5491 (IS_NOTE (p, s) \ 5492 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \ 5493 && s->vma == 0 \ 5494 && s->lma == 0) 5495 5496 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris 5497 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and 5498 p_memsz set to 0. */ 5499 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ 5500 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \ 5501 && p->p_paddr == 0 \ 5502 && p->p_memsz == 0 \ 5503 && p->p_filesz > 0 \ 5504 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \ 5505 && s->size > 0 \ 5506 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ 5507 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ 5508 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) 5509 5510 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. 5511 A section will be included if: 5512 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA 5513 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, 5514 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE 5515 segment. 5516 3. There is an output section associated with it, 5517 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. 5518 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections. 5519 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections. 5520 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. 5521 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning 5522 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */ 5523 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ 5524 ((((segment->p_paddr \ 5525 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ 5526 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ 5527 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \ 5528 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \ 5529 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \ 5530 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \ 5531 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ 5532 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \ 5533 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \ 5534 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \ 5535 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \ 5536 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \ 5537 || (segment->p_paddr \ 5538 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \ 5539 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \ 5540 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \ 5541 == 0)) \ 5542 && !section->segment_mark) 5543 5544 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL, 5545 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */ 5546 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ 5547 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \ 5548 && section->output_section != NULL) 5549 5550 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ 5551 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \ 5552 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field)) 5553 5554 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both 5555 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap. 5556 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA 5557 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped 5558 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different 5559 LMA. */ 5560 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ 5561 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \ 5562 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \ 5563 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \ 5564 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr))) 5565 5566 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ 5567 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) 5568 section->segment_mark = FALSE; 5569 5570 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the 5571 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a 5572 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it 5573 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */ 5574 p_paddr_valid = FALSE; 5575 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 5576 i < num_segments; 5577 i++, segment++) 5578 if (segment->p_paddr != 0) 5579 { 5580 p_paddr_valid = TRUE; 5581 break; 5582 } 5583 5584 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header 5585 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps 5586 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird 5587 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */ 5588 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 5589 i < num_segments; 5590 i++, segment++) 5591 { 5592 unsigned int j; 5593 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; 5594 5595 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP) 5596 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next) 5597 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) 5598 { 5599 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment 5600 assignment code will work. */ 5601 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma; 5602 break; 5603 } 5604 5605 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) 5606 { 5607 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ 5608 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) 5609 segment->p_type = PT_NULL; 5610 continue; 5611 } 5612 5613 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ 5614 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++) 5615 { 5616 bfd_signed_vma extra_length; 5617 5618 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD 5619 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) 5620 continue; 5621 5622 /* Merge the two segments together. */ 5623 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) 5624 { 5625 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete 5626 SEGMENT. */ 5627 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) 5628 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)); 5629 5630 if (extra_length > 0) 5631 { 5632 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; 5633 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; 5634 } 5635 5636 segment->p_type = PT_NULL; 5637 5638 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ 5639 i = 0; 5640 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 5641 break; 5642 } 5643 else 5644 { 5645 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete 5646 SEGMENT2. */ 5647 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) 5648 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)); 5649 5650 if (extra_length > 0) 5651 { 5652 segment->p_memsz += extra_length; 5653 segment->p_filesz += extra_length; 5654 } 5655 5656 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL; 5657 } 5658 } 5659 } 5660 5661 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ 5662 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 5663 i < num_segments; 5664 i++, segment++) 5665 { 5666 unsigned int section_count; 5667 asection **sections; 5668 asection *output_section; 5669 unsigned int isec; 5670 bfd_vma matching_lma; 5671 bfd_vma suggested_lma; 5672 unsigned int j; 5673 bfd_size_type amt; 5674 asection *first_section; 5675 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma; 5676 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma; 5677 5678 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) 5679 continue; 5680 5681 first_section = NULL; 5682 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ 5683 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; 5684 section != NULL; 5685 section = section->next) 5686 { 5687 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be 5688 removed from the corresponding output segment. */ 5689 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) 5690 { 5691 if (first_section == NULL) 5692 first_section = section; 5693 if (section->output_section != NULL) 5694 ++section_count; 5695 } 5696 } 5697 5698 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain 5699 all of the sections we have selected. */ 5700 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 5701 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 5702 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); 5703 if (map == NULL) 5704 return FALSE; 5705 5706 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to 5707 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ 5708 map->next = NULL; 5709 map->p_type = segment->p_type; 5710 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; 5711 map->p_flags_valid = 1; 5712 5713 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is 5714 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding 5715 output segment. */ 5716 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL) 5717 { 5718 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; 5719 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; 5720 } 5721 5722 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header 5723 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ 5724 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 5725 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); 5726 map->includes_phdrs = 0; 5727 5728 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) 5729 { 5730 map->includes_phdrs = 5731 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff 5732 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz 5733 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff 5734 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); 5735 5736 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) 5737 phdr_included = TRUE; 5738 } 5739 5740 if (section_count == 0) 5741 { 5742 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain 5743 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain 5744 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only 5745 a warning is produced. */ 5746 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD) 5747 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment" 5748 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"), 5749 ibfd); 5750 5751 map->count = 0; 5752 *pointer_to_map = map; 5753 pointer_to_map = &map->next; 5754 5755 continue; 5756 } 5757 5758 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt 5759 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. 5760 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has 5761 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: 5762 5763 1. None of the sections have been moved. 5764 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the 5765 input BFD. 5766 5767 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. 5768 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA 5769 of the first section. 5770 5771 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. 5772 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be 5773 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, 5774 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will 5775 have to be created to contain the other sections. 5776 5777 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount. 5778 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA 5779 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment 5780 or segments to contain the other sections. 5781 5782 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section 5783 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned 5784 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ 5785 5786 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *)); 5787 if (sections == NULL) 5788 return FALSE; 5789 5790 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. 5791 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. 5792 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common 5793 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that 5794 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing 5795 more to do. */ 5796 isec = 0; 5797 matching_lma = 0; 5798 suggested_lma = 0; 5799 first_matching_lma = TRUE; 5800 first_suggested_lma = TRUE; 5801 5802 for (section = ibfd->sections; 5803 section != NULL; 5804 section = section->next) 5805 if (section == first_section) 5806 break; 5807 5808 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next) 5809 { 5810 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) 5811 { 5812 output_section = section->output_section; 5813 5814 sections[j++] = section; 5815 5816 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. 5817 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the 5818 correct value. Note - some backends require that 5819 p_paddr be left as zero. */ 5820 if (!p_paddr_valid 5821 && segment->p_vaddr != 0 5822 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero 5823 && isec == 0 5824 && output_section->lma != 0 5825 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr 5826 + (map->includes_filehdr 5827 ? iehdr->e_ehsize 5828 : 0) 5829 + (map->includes_phdrs 5830 ? (iehdr->e_phnum 5831 * iehdr->e_phentsize) 5832 : 0))) 5833 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; 5834 5835 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the 5836 LMA address of the output section. */ 5837 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) 5838 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section) 5839 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero 5840 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))) 5841 { 5842 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma) 5843 { 5844 matching_lma = output_section->lma; 5845 first_matching_lma = FALSE; 5846 } 5847 5848 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment 5849 then it does not overlap any other section within that 5850 segment. */ 5851 map->sections[isec++] = output_section; 5852 } 5853 else if (first_suggested_lma) 5854 { 5855 suggested_lma = output_section->lma; 5856 first_suggested_lma = FALSE; 5857 } 5858 5859 if (j == section_count) 5860 break; 5861 } 5862 } 5863 5864 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count); 5865 5866 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, 5867 if necessary. */ 5868 if (isec == section_count) 5869 { 5870 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently 5871 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to 5872 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next 5873 program header in the input BFD. */ 5874 map->count = section_count; 5875 *pointer_to_map = map; 5876 pointer_to_map = &map->next; 5877 5878 if (p_paddr_valid 5879 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero 5880 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr 5881 && !map->includes_filehdr 5882 && !map->includes_phdrs) 5883 /* There is some padding before the first section in the 5884 segment. So, we must account for that in the output 5885 segment's vma. */ 5886 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr; 5887 5888 free (sections); 5889 continue; 5890 } 5891 else 5892 { 5893 if (!first_matching_lma) 5894 { 5895 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. 5896 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the 5897 LMA of the first section that fitted. */ 5898 map->p_paddr = matching_lma; 5899 } 5900 else 5901 { 5902 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. 5903 Change the current segment's physical address to match 5904 the LMA of the first section. */ 5905 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; 5906 } 5907 5908 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma 5909 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ 5910 if (map->includes_filehdr) 5911 { 5912 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize) 5913 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; 5914 else 5915 { 5916 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE; 5917 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; 5918 } 5919 } 5920 5921 if (map->includes_phdrs) 5922 { 5923 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize) 5924 { 5925 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; 5926 5927 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number 5928 of program headers that we will need. Make a note 5929 here of the number we used and the segment we chose 5930 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the 5931 offset when we know the correct value. */ 5932 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; 5933 phdr_adjust_seg = map; 5934 } 5935 else 5936 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; 5937 } 5938 } 5939 5940 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning 5941 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the 5942 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all 5943 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is 5944 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain 5945 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating 5946 the loop. */ 5947 isec = 0; 5948 do 5949 { 5950 map->count = 0; 5951 suggested_lma = 0; 5952 first_suggested_lma = TRUE; 5953 5954 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ 5955 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) 5956 { 5957 section = sections[j]; 5958 5959 if (section == NULL) 5960 continue; 5961 5962 output_section = section->output_section; 5963 5964 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL); 5965 5966 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) 5967 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) 5968 { 5969 if (map->count == 0) 5970 { 5971 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at 5972 the beginning of the segment, then something is 5973 wrong. */ 5974 if (output_section->lma 5975 != (map->p_paddr 5976 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) 5977 + (map->includes_phdrs 5978 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize 5979 : 0))) 5980 abort (); 5981 } 5982 else 5983 { 5984 asection *prev_sec; 5985 5986 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; 5987 5988 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section 5989 and the start of this section is more than 5990 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ 5991 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size, 5992 maxpagesize) 5993 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)) 5994 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size 5995 > output_section->lma)) 5996 { 5997 if (first_suggested_lma) 5998 { 5999 suggested_lma = output_section->lma; 6000 first_suggested_lma = FALSE; 6001 } 6002 6003 continue; 6004 } 6005 } 6006 6007 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; 6008 ++isec; 6009 sections[j] = NULL; 6010 section->segment_mark = TRUE; 6011 } 6012 else if (first_suggested_lma) 6013 { 6014 suggested_lma = output_section->lma; 6015 first_suggested_lma = FALSE; 6016 } 6017 } 6018 6019 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0); 6020 6021 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ 6022 *pointer_to_map = map; 6023 pointer_to_map = &map->next; 6024 6025 if (isec < section_count) 6026 { 6027 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to 6028 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it 6029 and carry on looping. */ 6030 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 6031 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 6032 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); 6033 if (map == NULL) 6034 { 6035 free (sections); 6036 return FALSE; 6037 } 6038 6039 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical 6040 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has 6041 not yet been assigned. */ 6042 map->next = NULL; 6043 map->p_type = segment->p_type; 6044 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; 6045 map->p_flags_valid = 1; 6046 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; 6047 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; 6048 map->includes_filehdr = 0; 6049 map->includes_phdrs = 0; 6050 } 6051 } 6052 while (isec < section_count); 6053 6054 free (sections); 6055 } 6056 6057 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first; 6058 6059 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were 6060 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust 6061 the offset if necessary. */ 6062 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL) 6063 { 6064 unsigned int count; 6065 6066 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) 6067 count++; 6068 6069 if (count > phdr_adjust_num) 6070 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr 6071 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; 6072 } 6073 6074 #undef SEGMENT_END 6075 #undef SECTION_SIZE 6076 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA 6077 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA 6078 #undef IS_NOTE 6079 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE 6080 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP 6081 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT 6082 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT 6083 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT 6084 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS 6085 return TRUE; 6086 } 6087 6088 /* Copy ELF program header information. */ 6089 6090 static bfd_boolean 6091 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) 6092 { 6093 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; 6094 struct elf_segment_map *map; 6095 struct elf_segment_map *map_first; 6096 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; 6097 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; 6098 unsigned int i; 6099 unsigned int num_segments; 6100 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; 6101 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; 6102 6103 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); 6104 6105 map_first = NULL; 6106 pointer_to_map = &map_first; 6107 6108 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set 6109 map->p_paddr_valid. */ 6110 p_paddr_valid = FALSE; 6111 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; 6112 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 6113 i < num_segments; 6114 i++, segment++) 6115 if (segment->p_paddr != 0) 6116 { 6117 p_paddr_valid = TRUE; 6118 break; 6119 } 6120 6121 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 6122 i < num_segments; 6123 i++, segment++) 6124 { 6125 asection *section; 6126 unsigned int section_count; 6127 bfd_size_type amt; 6128 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; 6129 asection *first_section = NULL; 6130 asection *lowest_section; 6131 6132 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */ 6133 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; 6134 section != NULL; 6135 section = section->next) 6136 { 6137 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); 6138 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) 6139 { 6140 if (first_section == NULL) 6141 first_section = section; 6142 section_count++; 6143 } 6144 } 6145 6146 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain 6147 all of the sections we have selected. */ 6148 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 6149 if (section_count != 0) 6150 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 6151 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); 6152 if (map == NULL) 6153 return FALSE; 6154 6155 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the 6156 input segment. */ 6157 map->next = NULL; 6158 map->p_type = segment->p_type; 6159 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; 6160 map->p_flags_valid = 1; 6161 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; 6162 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; 6163 map->p_align = segment->p_align; 6164 map->p_align_valid = 1; 6165 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0; 6166 6167 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) 6168 { 6169 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few 6170 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt 6171 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't 6172 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ 6173 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz; 6174 map->p_size_valid = 1; 6175 } 6176 6177 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header 6178 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ 6179 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 6180 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); 6181 6182 map->includes_phdrs = 0; 6183 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) 6184 { 6185 map->includes_phdrs = 6186 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff 6187 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz 6188 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff 6189 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); 6190 6191 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) 6192 phdr_included = TRUE; 6193 } 6194 6195 lowest_section = first_section; 6196 if (section_count != 0) 6197 { 6198 unsigned int isec = 0; 6199 6200 for (section = first_section; 6201 section != NULL; 6202 section = section->next) 6203 { 6204 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); 6205 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) 6206 { 6207 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section; 6208 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma) 6209 lowest_section = section; 6210 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 6211 { 6212 bfd_vma seg_off; 6213 6214 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header 6215 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr. 6216 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees 6217 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as 6218 invalid. */ 6219 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 6220 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset; 6221 else 6222 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr; 6223 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off) 6224 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE; 6225 } 6226 if (isec == section_count) 6227 break; 6228 } 6229 } 6230 } 6231 6232 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL) 6233 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */ 6234 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr; 6235 6236 if (!map->includes_phdrs 6237 && !map->includes_filehdr 6238 && map->p_paddr_valid) 6239 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */ 6240 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0) 6241 - segment->p_paddr); 6242 6243 map->count = section_count; 6244 *pointer_to_map = map; 6245 pointer_to_map = &map->next; 6246 } 6247 6248 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first; 6249 return TRUE; 6250 } 6251 6252 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header 6253 information. */ 6254 6255 static bfd_boolean 6256 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) 6257 { 6258 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour 6259 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 6260 return TRUE; 6261 6262 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL) 6263 return TRUE; 6264 6265 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) 6266 { 6267 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD 6268 covered by ELF program header have changed. */ 6269 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; 6270 asection *section, *osec; 6271 unsigned int i, num_segments; 6272 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; 6273 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 6274 6275 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); 6276 6277 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */ 6278 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) 6279 goto rewrite; 6280 6281 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */ 6282 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; 6283 section = section->next) 6284 section->segment_mark = FALSE; 6285 6286 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; 6287 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 6288 i < num_segments; 6289 i++, segment++) 6290 { 6291 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr 6292 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0 6293 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment 6294 map in this case. */ 6295 if (segment->p_paddr == 0 6296 && segment->p_memsz == 0 6297 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)) 6298 goto rewrite; 6299 6300 for (section = ibfd->sections; 6301 section != NULL; section = section->next) 6302 { 6303 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes 6304 from the input BFD. */ 6305 osec = section->output_section; 6306 if (osec) 6307 osec->segment_mark = TRUE; 6308 6309 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */ 6310 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); 6311 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) 6312 { 6313 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or 6314 removed. What else do we need to check? */ 6315 if (osec == NULL 6316 || section->flags != osec->flags 6317 || section->lma != osec->lma 6318 || section->vma != osec->vma 6319 || section->size != osec->size 6320 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize 6321 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power) 6322 goto rewrite; 6323 } 6324 } 6325 } 6326 6327 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the 6328 input BFD. */ 6329 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; 6330 section = section->next) 6331 { 6332 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE) 6333 goto rewrite; 6334 else 6335 section->segment_mark = FALSE; 6336 } 6337 6338 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); 6339 } 6340 6341 rewrite: 6342 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) 6343 { 6344 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to 6345 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */ 6346 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; 6347 unsigned int i; 6348 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; 6349 bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0; 6350 6351 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 6352 i < num_segments; 6353 i++, segment++) 6354 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD 6355 && maxpagesize < segment->p_align) 6356 maxpagesize = segment->p_align; 6357 6358 if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize) 6359 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize); 6360 } 6361 6362 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); 6363 } 6364 6365 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */ 6366 6367 bfd_boolean 6368 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, 6369 asection *isec, 6370 bfd *obfd, 6371 asection *osec, 6372 struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 6373 6374 { 6375 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; 6376 bfd_boolean final_link = link_info != NULL && !link_info->relocatable; 6377 6378 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour 6379 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 6380 return TRUE; 6381 6382 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL); 6383 6384 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF 6385 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been 6386 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags 6387 that the linker clears to differ. */ 6388 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL 6389 && (osec->flags == isec->flags 6390 || (final_link 6391 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags) 6392 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0))) 6393 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec); 6394 6395 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */ 6396 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec) 6397 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC)); 6398 6399 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output 6400 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back 6401 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section. 6402 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */ 6403 if (!final_link) 6404 { 6405 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL 6406 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) 6407 { 6408 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP) 6409 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP; 6410 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec); 6411 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group; 6412 } 6413 } 6414 6415 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; 6416 6417 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We 6418 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it 6419 may be NULL at this point. */ 6420 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) 6421 { 6422 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; 6423 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER; 6424 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec); 6425 } 6426 6427 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p; 6428 6429 return TRUE; 6430 } 6431 6432 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize 6433 field, and sometimes the info field. */ 6434 6435 bfd_boolean 6436 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, 6437 asection *isec, 6438 bfd *obfd, 6439 asection *osec) 6440 { 6441 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; 6442 6443 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour 6444 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 6445 return TRUE; 6446 6447 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; 6448 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; 6449 6450 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; 6451 6452 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB 6453 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM 6454 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed 6455 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef) 6456 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; 6457 6458 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec, 6459 NULL); 6460 } 6461 6462 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments 6463 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of 6464 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's 6465 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this 6466 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called 6467 from the linker. */ 6468 6469 bfd_boolean 6470 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded) 6471 { 6472 asection *isec; 6473 6474 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next) 6475 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP) 6476 { 6477 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec); 6478 asection *s = first; 6479 bfd_size_type removed = 0; 6480 6481 while (s != NULL) 6482 { 6483 /* If this member section is being output but the 6484 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info 6485 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */ 6486 if (s->output_section != discarded 6487 && isec->output_section == discarded) 6488 { 6489 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP; 6490 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL; 6491 } 6492 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output 6493 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */ 6494 else if (s->output_section == discarded 6495 && isec->output_section != discarded) 6496 removed += 4; 6497 s = elf_next_in_group (s); 6498 if (s == first) 6499 break; 6500 } 6501 if (removed != 0) 6502 { 6503 if (discarded != NULL) 6504 { 6505 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to 6506 adjust the input section size. This function may 6507 be called multiple times, so save the original 6508 size. */ 6509 if (isec->rawsize == 0) 6510 isec->rawsize = isec->size; 6511 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed; 6512 } 6513 else 6514 { 6515 /* Adjust the output section size when called from 6516 objcopy. */ 6517 isec->output_section->size -= removed; 6518 } 6519 } 6520 } 6521 6522 return TRUE; 6523 } 6524 6525 /* Copy private header information. */ 6526 6527 bfd_boolean 6528 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) 6529 { 6530 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour 6531 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 6532 return TRUE; 6533 6534 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. 6535 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data 6536 entry point, because the latter is called after the section 6537 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have 6538 already been worked out. */ 6539 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL) 6540 { 6541 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) 6542 return FALSE; 6543 } 6544 6545 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL); 6546 } 6547 6548 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section 6549 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section 6550 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped 6551 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the 6552 swap_out_syms function. */ 6553 6554 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1) 6555 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2) 6556 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3) 6557 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4) 6558 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5) 6559 6560 bfd_boolean 6561 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd, 6562 asymbol *isymarg, 6563 bfd *obfd, 6564 asymbol *osymarg) 6565 { 6566 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; 6567 6568 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour 6569 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 6570 return TRUE; 6571 6572 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg); 6573 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg); 6574 6575 if (isym != NULL 6576 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 6577 && osym != NULL 6578 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)) 6579 { 6580 unsigned int shndx; 6581 6582 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; 6583 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)) 6584 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB; 6585 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)) 6586 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB; 6587 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section) 6588 shndx = MAP_STRTAB; 6589 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section) 6590 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB; 6591 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section) 6592 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX; 6593 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; 6594 } 6595 6596 return TRUE; 6597 } 6598 6599 /* Swap out the symbols. */ 6600 6601 static bfd_boolean 6602 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd, 6603 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp, 6604 int relocatable_p) 6605 { 6606 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 6607 int symcount; 6608 asymbol **syms; 6609 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; 6610 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6611 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; 6612 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; 6613 bfd_byte *outbound_syms; 6614 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx; 6615 int idx; 6616 bfd_size_type amt; 6617 bfd_boolean name_local_sections; 6618 6619 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) 6620 return FALSE; 6621 6622 /* Dump out the symtabs. */ 6623 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); 6624 if (stt == NULL) 6625 return FALSE; 6626 6627 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 6628 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); 6629 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 6630 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; 6631 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; 6632 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); 6633 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1; 6634 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; 6635 6636 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; 6637 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; 6638 6639 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, 6640 bed->s->sizeof_sym); 6641 if (outbound_syms == NULL) 6642 { 6643 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); 6644 return FALSE; 6645 } 6646 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms; 6647 6648 outbound_shndx = NULL; 6649 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; 6650 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) 6651 { 6652 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 6653 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *) 6654 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); 6655 if (outbound_shndx == NULL) 6656 { 6657 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); 6658 return FALSE; 6659 } 6660 6661 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; 6662 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX; 6663 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; 6664 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 6665 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 6666 } 6667 6668 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */ 6669 { 6670 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ 6671 Elf_Internal_Sym sym; 6672 sym.st_name = 0; 6673 sym.st_value = 0; 6674 sym.st_size = 0; 6675 sym.st_info = 0; 6676 sym.st_other = 0; 6677 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; 6678 sym.st_target_internal = 0; 6679 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); 6680 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; 6681 if (outbound_shndx != NULL) 6682 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 6683 } 6684 6685 name_local_sections 6686 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols 6687 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd)); 6688 6689 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); 6690 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) 6691 { 6692 Elf_Internal_Sym sym; 6693 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; 6694 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; 6695 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; 6696 int type; 6697 6698 if (!name_local_sections 6699 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM) 6700 { 6701 /* Local section symbols have no name. */ 6702 sym.st_name = 0; 6703 } 6704 else 6705 { 6706 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, 6707 syms[idx]->name, 6708 TRUE, FALSE); 6709 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) 6710 { 6711 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); 6712 return FALSE; 6713 } 6714 } 6715 6716 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); 6717 6718 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 6719 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) 6720 { 6721 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, 6722 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from 6723 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ 6724 sym.st_size = value; 6725 if (type_ptr == NULL 6726 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) 6727 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); 6728 else 6729 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; 6730 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section 6731 (abfd, syms[idx]->section); 6732 } 6733 else 6734 { 6735 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; 6736 unsigned int shndx; 6737 6738 if (sec->output_section) 6739 { 6740 value += sec->output_offset; 6741 sec = sec->output_section; 6742 } 6743 6744 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ 6745 if (! relocatable_p) 6746 value += sec->vma; 6747 sym.st_value = value; 6748 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; 6749 6750 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) 6751 && type_ptr != NULL 6752 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) 6753 { 6754 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did 6755 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done 6756 by copy_private_symbol_data. */ 6757 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; 6758 switch (shndx) 6759 { 6760 case MAP_ONESYMTAB: 6761 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd); 6762 break; 6763 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB: 6764 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); 6765 break; 6766 case MAP_STRTAB: 6767 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section; 6768 break; 6769 case MAP_SHSTRTAB: 6770 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section; 6771 break; 6772 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX: 6773 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section; 6774 break; 6775 default: 6776 shndx = SHN_ABS; 6777 break; 6778 } 6779 } 6780 else 6781 { 6782 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); 6783 6784 if (shndx == SHN_BAD) 6785 { 6786 asection *sec2; 6787 6788 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if 6789 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and 6790 knew what to expect of the library, and what to 6791 demand of applications. For example, it 6792 appears that `objcopy' might not set the 6793 section of a symbol to be a section that is 6794 actually in the output file. */ 6795 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); 6796 if (sec2 == NULL) 6797 { 6798 _bfd_error_handler (_("\ 6799 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"), 6800 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>", 6801 sec->name); 6802 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 6803 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); 6804 return FALSE; 6805 } 6806 6807 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); 6808 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD); 6809 } 6810 } 6811 6812 sym.st_shndx = shndx; 6813 } 6814 6815 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) 6816 type = STT_TLS; 6817 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0) 6818 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC; 6819 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) 6820 type = STT_FUNC; 6821 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0) 6822 type = STT_OBJECT; 6823 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0) 6824 type = STT_RELC; 6825 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0) 6826 type = STT_SRELC; 6827 else 6828 type = STT_NOTYPE; 6829 6830 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) 6831 type = STT_TLS; 6832 6833 /* Processor-specific types. */ 6834 if (type_ptr != NULL 6835 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) 6836 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) 6837 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); 6838 6839 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) 6840 { 6841 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) 6842 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); 6843 else 6844 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); 6845 } 6846 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) 6847 { 6848 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON 6849 if (type == STT_OBJECT) 6850 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON); 6851 else 6852 #endif 6853 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type); 6854 } 6855 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) 6856 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) 6857 ? STB_WEAK 6858 : STB_GLOBAL), 6859 type); 6860 else if (flags & BSF_FILE) 6861 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); 6862 else 6863 { 6864 int bind = STB_LOCAL; 6865 6866 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) 6867 bind = STB_LOCAL; 6868 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE) 6869 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE; 6870 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) 6871 bind = STB_WEAK; 6872 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) 6873 bind = STB_GLOBAL; 6874 6875 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); 6876 } 6877 6878 if (type_ptr != NULL) 6879 { 6880 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; 6881 sym.st_target_internal 6882 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal; 6883 } 6884 else 6885 { 6886 sym.st_other = 0; 6887 sym.st_target_internal = 0; 6888 } 6889 6890 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); 6891 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; 6892 if (outbound_shndx != NULL) 6893 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 6894 } 6895 6896 *sttp = stt; 6897 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); 6898 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; 6899 6900 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; 6901 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; 6902 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; 6903 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; 6904 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; 6905 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; 6906 6907 return TRUE; 6908 } 6909 6910 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. 6911 6912 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate 6913 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table 6914 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ 6915 6916 long 6917 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) 6918 { 6919 long symcount; 6920 long symtab_size; 6921 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 6922 6923 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; 6924 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); 6925 if (symcount > 0) 6926 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); 6927 6928 return symtab_size; 6929 } 6930 6931 long 6932 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) 6933 { 6934 long symcount; 6935 long symtab_size; 6936 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; 6937 6938 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) 6939 { 6940 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 6941 return -1; 6942 } 6943 6944 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; 6945 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); 6946 if (symcount > 0) 6947 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); 6948 6949 return symtab_size; 6950 } 6951 6952 long 6953 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6954 sec_ptr asect) 6955 { 6956 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); 6957 } 6958 6959 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ 6960 6961 long 6962 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd, 6963 sec_ptr section, 6964 arelent **relptr, 6965 asymbol **symbols) 6966 { 6967 arelent *tblptr; 6968 unsigned int i; 6969 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 6970 6971 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE)) 6972 return -1; 6973 6974 tblptr = section->relocation; 6975 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) 6976 *relptr++ = tblptr++; 6977 6978 *relptr = NULL; 6979 6980 return section->reloc_count; 6981 } 6982 6983 long 6984 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) 6985 { 6986 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 6987 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE); 6988 6989 if (symcount >= 0) 6990 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; 6991 return symcount; 6992 } 6993 6994 long 6995 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd, 6996 asymbol **allocation) 6997 { 6998 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 6999 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE); 7000 7001 if (symcount >= 0) 7002 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount; 7003 return symcount; 7004 } 7005 7006 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable 7007 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL 7008 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a 7009 dynamic reloc section. */ 7010 7011 long 7012 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) 7013 { 7014 long ret; 7015 asection *s; 7016 7017 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) 7018 { 7019 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 7020 return -1; 7021 } 7022 7023 ret = sizeof (arelent *); 7024 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 7025 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) 7026 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL 7027 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) 7028 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) 7029 * sizeof (arelent *)); 7030 7031 return ret; 7032 } 7033 7034 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the 7035 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually 7036 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was 7037 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only 7038 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually 7039 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the 7040 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ 7041 7042 long 7043 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd, 7044 arelent **storage, 7045 asymbol **syms) 7046 { 7047 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); 7048 asection *s; 7049 long ret; 7050 7051 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) 7052 { 7053 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 7054 return -1; 7055 } 7056 7057 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; 7058 ret = 0; 7059 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 7060 { 7061 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) 7062 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL 7063 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) 7064 { 7065 arelent *p; 7066 long count, i; 7067 7068 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE)) 7069 return -1; 7070 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; 7071 p = s->relocation; 7072 for (i = 0; i < count; i++) 7073 *storage++ = p++; 7074 ret += count; 7075 } 7076 } 7077 7078 *storage = NULL; 7079 7080 return ret; 7081 } 7082 7083 /* Read in the version information. */ 7084 7085 bfd_boolean 7086 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver) 7087 { 7088 bfd_byte *contents = NULL; 7089 unsigned int freeidx = 0; 7090 7091 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) 7092 { 7093 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 7094 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; 7095 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; 7096 unsigned int i; 7097 bfd_byte *contents_end; 7098 7099 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr; 7100 7101 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *) 7102 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed)); 7103 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL) 7104 goto error_return; 7105 7106 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info; 7107 7108 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); 7109 if (contents == NULL) 7110 { 7111 error_return_verref: 7112 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL; 7113 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0; 7114 goto error_return; 7115 } 7116 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 7117 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) 7118 goto error_return_verref; 7119 7120 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)) 7121 goto error_return_verref; 7122 7123 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed) 7124 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux)); 7125 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed); 7126 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; 7127 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; 7128 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) 7129 { 7130 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; 7131 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; 7132 unsigned int j; 7133 7134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); 7135 7136 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; 7137 7138 iverneed->vn_filename = 7139 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, 7140 iverneed->vn_file); 7141 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL) 7142 goto error_return_verref; 7143 7144 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0) 7145 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL; 7146 else 7147 { 7148 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *) 7149 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt, 7150 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux)); 7151 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL) 7152 goto error_return_verref; 7153 } 7154 7155 if (iverneed->vn_aux 7156 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) 7157 goto error_return_verref; 7158 7159 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) 7160 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); 7161 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; 7162 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) 7163 { 7164 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); 7165 7166 ivernaux->vna_nodename = 7167 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, 7168 ivernaux->vna_name); 7169 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL) 7170 goto error_return_verref; 7171 7172 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) 7173 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; 7174 else 7175 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL; 7176 7177 if (ivernaux->vna_next 7178 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux)) 7179 goto error_return_verref; 7180 7181 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) 7182 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); 7183 7184 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx) 7185 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other; 7186 } 7187 7188 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) 7189 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; 7190 else 7191 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL; 7192 7193 if (iverneed->vn_next 7194 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) 7195 goto error_return_verref; 7196 7197 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) 7198 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); 7199 } 7200 7201 free (contents); 7202 contents = NULL; 7203 } 7204 7205 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) 7206 { 7207 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 7208 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; 7209 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; 7210 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; 7211 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; 7212 unsigned int i; 7213 unsigned int maxidx; 7214 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux; 7215 7216 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr; 7217 7218 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); 7219 if (contents == NULL) 7220 goto error_return; 7221 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 7222 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) 7223 goto error_return; 7224 7225 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)) 7226 goto error_return; 7227 7228 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef) 7229 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux)); 7230 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size 7231 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef); 7232 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size 7233 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux); 7234 7235 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum 7236 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find 7237 the maximum. */ 7238 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; 7239 maxidx = 0; 7240 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) 7241 { 7242 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); 7243 7244 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx) 7245 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION); 7246 7247 if (iverdefmem.vd_next 7248 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) 7249 goto error_return; 7250 7251 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) 7252 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); 7253 } 7254 7255 if (default_imported_symver) 7256 { 7257 if (freeidx > maxidx) 7258 maxidx = ++freeidx; 7259 else 7260 freeidx = ++maxidx; 7261 } 7262 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) 7263 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); 7264 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) 7265 goto error_return; 7266 7267 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx; 7268 7269 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; 7270 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; 7271 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) 7272 { 7273 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; 7274 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; 7275 unsigned int j; 7276 7277 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); 7278 7279 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0) 7280 { 7281 error_return_verdef: 7282 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL; 7283 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0; 7284 goto error_return; 7285 } 7286 7287 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1]; 7288 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); 7289 7290 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; 7291 7292 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0) 7293 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL; 7294 else 7295 { 7296 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *) 7297 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt, 7298 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); 7299 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) 7300 goto error_return_verdef; 7301 } 7302 7303 if (iverdef->vd_aux 7304 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) 7305 goto error_return_verdef; 7306 7307 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) 7308 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); 7309 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; 7310 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) 7311 { 7312 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); 7313 7314 iverdaux->vda_nodename = 7315 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, 7316 iverdaux->vda_name); 7317 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL) 7318 goto error_return_verdef; 7319 7320 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) 7321 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; 7322 else 7323 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; 7324 7325 if (iverdaux->vda_next 7326 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux)) 7327 goto error_return_verdef; 7328 7329 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) 7330 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); 7331 } 7332 7333 if (iverdef->vd_cnt) 7334 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; 7335 7336 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx) 7337 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; 7338 else 7339 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; 7340 7341 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) 7342 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); 7343 } 7344 7345 free (contents); 7346 contents = NULL; 7347 } 7348 else if (default_imported_symver) 7349 { 7350 if (freeidx < 3) 7351 freeidx = 3; 7352 else 7353 freeidx++; 7354 7355 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) 7356 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); 7357 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) 7358 goto error_return; 7359 7360 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx; 7361 } 7362 7363 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */ 7364 if (default_imported_symver) 7365 { 7366 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; 7367 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; 7368 7369 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];; 7370 7371 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT; 7372 iverdef->vd_flags = 0; 7373 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx; 7374 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1; 7375 7376 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; 7377 7378 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd); 7379 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL) 7380 goto error_return_verdef; 7381 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; 7382 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *) 7383 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); 7384 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) 7385 goto error_return_verdef; 7386 7387 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; 7388 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename; 7389 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; 7390 } 7391 7392 return TRUE; 7393 7394 error_return: 7395 if (contents != NULL) 7396 free (contents); 7397 return FALSE; 7398 } 7399 7400 asymbol * 7401 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd) 7402 { 7403 elf_symbol_type *newsym; 7404 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type); 7405 7406 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 7407 if (!newsym) 7408 return NULL; 7409 else 7410 { 7411 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; 7412 return &newsym->symbol; 7413 } 7414 } 7415 7416 void 7417 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7418 asymbol *symbol, 7419 symbol_info *ret) 7420 { 7421 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); 7422 } 7423 7424 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets 7425 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some 7426 override it. */ 7427 7428 bfd_boolean 7429 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7430 const char *name) 7431 { 7432 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ 7433 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') 7434 return TRUE; 7435 7436 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate 7437 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ 7438 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') 7439 return TRUE; 7440 7441 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when 7442 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a 7443 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call 7444 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading 7445 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, 7446 we treat such symbols as local. */ 7447 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') 7448 return TRUE; 7449 7450 return FALSE; 7451 } 7452 7453 alent * 7454 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7455 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7456 { 7457 abort (); 7458 return NULL; 7459 } 7460 7461 bfd_boolean 7462 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd, 7463 enum bfd_architecture arch, 7464 unsigned long machine) 7465 { 7466 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this 7467 isn't the generic backend, fail. */ 7468 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch 7469 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown 7470 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) 7471 return FALSE; 7472 7473 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); 7474 } 7475 7476 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset, 7477 for error reporting. */ 7478 7479 static bfd_boolean 7480 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd, 7481 asection *section, 7482 asymbol **symbols, 7483 bfd_vma offset, 7484 const char **filename_ptr, 7485 const char **functionname_ptr) 7486 { 7487 struct elf_find_function_cache 7488 { 7489 asection *last_section; 7490 asymbol *func; 7491 const char *filename; 7492 bfd_size_type func_size; 7493 } *cache; 7494 7495 if (symbols == NULL) 7496 return FALSE; 7497 7498 cache = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_find_function_cache; 7499 if (cache == NULL) 7500 { 7501 cache = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*cache)); 7502 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_find_function_cache = cache; 7503 if (cache == NULL) 7504 return FALSE; 7505 } 7506 if (cache->last_section != section 7507 || cache->func == NULL 7508 || offset < cache->func->value 7509 || offset >= cache->func->value + cache->func_size) 7510 { 7511 asymbol *file; 7512 bfd_vma low_func; 7513 asymbol **p; 7514 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably 7515 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are 7516 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any 7517 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a 7518 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently 7519 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to 7520 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring 7521 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */ 7522 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state; 7523 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 7524 7525 file = NULL; 7526 low_func = 0; 7527 state = nothing_seen; 7528 cache->filename = NULL; 7529 cache->func = NULL; 7530 cache->func_size = 0; 7531 cache->last_section = section; 7532 7533 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++) 7534 { 7535 asymbol *sym = *p; 7536 bfd_vma code_off; 7537 bfd_size_type size; 7538 7539 if ((sym->flags & BSF_FILE) != 0) 7540 { 7541 file = sym; 7542 if (state == symbol_seen) 7543 state = file_after_symbol_seen; 7544 continue; 7545 } 7546 7547 size = bed->maybe_function_sym (sym, section, &code_off); 7548 if (size != 0 7549 && code_off <= offset 7550 && (code_off > low_func 7551 || (code_off == low_func 7552 && size > cache->func_size))) 7553 { 7554 cache->func = sym; 7555 cache->func_size = size; 7556 cache->filename = NULL; 7557 low_func = code_off; 7558 if (file != NULL 7559 && ((sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0 7560 || state != file_after_symbol_seen)) 7561 cache->filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file); 7562 } 7563 if (state == nothing_seen) 7564 state = symbol_seen; 7565 } 7566 } 7567 7568 if (cache->func == NULL) 7569 return FALSE; 7570 7571 if (filename_ptr) 7572 *filename_ptr = cache->filename; 7573 if (functionname_ptr) 7574 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (cache->func); 7575 7576 return TRUE; 7577 } 7578 7579 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, 7580 for error reporting. */ 7581 7582 bfd_boolean 7583 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, 7584 asection *section, 7585 asymbol **symbols, 7586 bfd_vma offset, 7587 const char **filename_ptr, 7588 const char **functionname_ptr, 7589 unsigned int *line_ptr) 7590 { 7591 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd, section, symbols, 7592 offset, filename_ptr, 7593 functionname_ptr, 7594 line_ptr, 7595 NULL); 7596 } 7597 7598 bfd_boolean 7599 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd, 7600 asection *section, 7601 asymbol **symbols, 7602 bfd_vma offset, 7603 const char **filename_ptr, 7604 const char **functionname_ptr, 7605 unsigned int *line_ptr, 7606 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr) 7607 { 7608 bfd_boolean found; 7609 7610 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 7611 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, 7612 line_ptr)) 7613 { 7614 if (!*functionname_ptr) 7615 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 7616 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, 7617 functionname_ptr); 7618 7619 return TRUE; 7620 } 7621 7622 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections, 7623 section, symbols, offset, 7624 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, 7625 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0, 7626 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) 7627 { 7628 if (!*functionname_ptr) 7629 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 7630 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, 7631 functionname_ptr); 7632 7633 return TRUE; 7634 } 7635 7636 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, 7637 &found, filename_ptr, 7638 functionname_ptr, line_ptr, 7639 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info)) 7640 return FALSE; 7641 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr)) 7642 return TRUE; 7643 7644 if (symbols == NULL) 7645 return FALSE; 7646 7647 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 7648 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) 7649 return FALSE; 7650 7651 *line_ptr = 0; 7652 return TRUE; 7653 } 7654 7655 /* Find the line for a symbol. */ 7656 7657 bfd_boolean 7658 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, 7659 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr) 7660 { 7661 return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd, symbols, symbol, 7662 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 7663 NULL); 7664 } 7665 7666 bfd_boolean 7667 _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, 7668 const char **filename_ptr, 7669 unsigned int *line_ptr, 7670 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr) 7671 { 7672 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, 7673 filename_ptr, line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0, 7674 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); 7675 } 7676 7677 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to 7678 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about 7679 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address 7680 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported 7681 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */ 7682 7683 bfd_boolean 7684 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, 7685 const char **filename_ptr, 7686 const char **functionname_ptr, 7687 unsigned int *line_ptr) 7688 { 7689 bfd_boolean found; 7690 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, 7691 functionname_ptr, line_ptr, 7692 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); 7693 return found; 7694 } 7695 7696 int 7697 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 7698 { 7699 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 7700 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 7701 7702 if (!info->relocatable) 7703 { 7704 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; 7705 7706 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) 7707 { 7708 struct elf_segment_map *m; 7709 7710 phdr_size = 0; 7711 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) 7712 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 7713 7714 if (phdr_size == 0) 7715 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); 7716 } 7717 7718 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size; 7719 ret += phdr_size; 7720 } 7721 7722 return ret; 7723 } 7724 7725 bfd_boolean 7726 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, 7727 sec_ptr section, 7728 const void *location, 7729 file_ptr offset, 7730 bfd_size_type count) 7731 { 7732 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 7733 bfd_signed_vma pos; 7734 7735 if (! abfd->output_has_begun 7736 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) 7737 return FALSE; 7738 7739 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; 7740 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; 7741 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 7742 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) 7743 return FALSE; 7744 7745 return TRUE; 7746 } 7747 7748 void 7749 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7750 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7751 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7752 { 7753 abort (); 7754 } 7755 7756 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ 7757 7758 bfd_boolean 7759 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc) 7760 { 7761 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ 7762 7763 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) 7764 { 7765 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; 7766 reloc_howto_type *howto; 7767 7768 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an 7769 equivalent ELF reloc. */ 7770 7771 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) 7772 { 7773 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) 7774 { 7775 case 8: 7776 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; 7777 break; 7778 case 12: 7779 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; 7780 break; 7781 case 16: 7782 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; 7783 break; 7784 case 24: 7785 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; 7786 break; 7787 case 32: 7788 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; 7789 break; 7790 case 64: 7791 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; 7792 break; 7793 default: 7794 goto fail; 7795 } 7796 7797 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); 7798 7799 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) 7800 { 7801 if (howto->pcrel_offset) 7802 areloc->addend += areloc->address; 7803 else 7804 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ 7805 } 7806 } 7807 else 7808 { 7809 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) 7810 { 7811 case 8: 7812 code = BFD_RELOC_8; 7813 break; 7814 case 14: 7815 code = BFD_RELOC_14; 7816 break; 7817 case 16: 7818 code = BFD_RELOC_16; 7819 break; 7820 case 26: 7821 code = BFD_RELOC_26; 7822 break; 7823 case 32: 7824 code = BFD_RELOC_32; 7825 break; 7826 case 64: 7827 code = BFD_RELOC_64; 7828 break; 7829 default: 7830 goto fail; 7831 } 7832 7833 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); 7834 } 7835 7836 if (howto) 7837 areloc->howto = howto; 7838 else 7839 goto fail; 7840 } 7841 7842 return TRUE; 7843 7844 fail: 7845 (*_bfd_error_handler) 7846 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"), 7847 abfd, areloc->howto->name); 7848 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 7849 return FALSE; 7850 } 7851 7852 bfd_boolean 7853 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd) 7854 { 7855 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); 7856 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL) 7857 { 7858 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL) 7859 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); 7860 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info); 7861 } 7862 7863 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd); 7864 } 7865 7866 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY 7867 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity 7868 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing 7869 this reloc. */ 7870 7871 bfd_reloc_status_type 7872 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn 7873 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7874 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7875 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7876 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7877 { 7878 return bfd_reloc_ok; 7879 } 7880 7881 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native 7882 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the 7883 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick 7884 out details about the corefile. */ 7885 7886 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H 7887 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */ 7888 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1 7889 # include <sys/procfs.h> 7890 #endif 7891 7892 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the 7893 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */ 7894 7895 static int 7896 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd) 7897 { 7898 int pid; 7899 7900 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid; 7901 if (pid == 0) 7902 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid; 7903 7904 return pid; 7905 } 7906 7907 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using 7908 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a 7909 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or 7910 overwrite it. */ 7911 7912 static bfd_boolean 7913 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect) 7914 { 7915 asection *sect2; 7916 7917 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL) 7918 return TRUE; 7919 7920 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags); 7921 if (sect2 == NULL) 7922 return FALSE; 7923 7924 sect2->size = sect->size; 7925 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; 7926 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; 7927 return TRUE; 7928 } 7929 7930 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This 7931 actually creates up to two pseudosections: 7932 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless 7933 such a section already exists. 7934 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where 7935 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). 7936 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ 7937 bfd_boolean 7938 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, 7939 char *name, 7940 size_t size, 7941 ufile_ptr filepos) 7942 { 7943 char buf[100]; 7944 char *threaded_name; 7945 size_t len; 7946 asection *sect; 7947 7948 /* Build the section name. */ 7949 7950 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); 7951 len = strlen (buf) + 1; 7952 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 7953 if (threaded_name == NULL) 7954 return FALSE; 7955 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len); 7956 7957 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name, 7958 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 7959 if (sect == NULL) 7960 return FALSE; 7961 sect->size = size; 7962 sect->filepos = filepos; 7963 sect->alignment_power = 2; 7964 7965 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); 7966 } 7967 7968 /* prstatus_t exists on: 7969 solaris 2.5+ 7970 linux 2.[01] + glibc 7971 unixware 4.2 7972 */ 7973 7974 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) 7975 7976 static bfd_boolean 7977 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 7978 { 7979 size_t size; 7980 int offset; 7981 7982 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) 7983 { 7984 prstatus_t prstat; 7985 7986 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); 7987 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg); 7988 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); 7989 7990 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it 7991 has already been set by another thread. */ 7992 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) 7993 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; 7994 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid == 0) 7995 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; 7996 7997 /* pr_who exists on: 7998 solaris 2.5+ 7999 unixware 4.2 8000 pr_who doesn't exist on: 8001 linux 2.[01] 8002 */ 8003 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) 8004 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; 8005 #else 8006 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_pid; 8007 #endif 8008 } 8009 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) 8010 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) 8011 { 8012 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ 8013 prstatus32_t prstat; 8014 8015 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); 8016 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg); 8017 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); 8018 8019 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it 8020 has already been set by another thread. */ 8021 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) 8022 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; 8023 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid == 0) 8024 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; 8025 8026 /* pr_who exists on: 8027 solaris 2.5+ 8028 unixware 4.2 8029 pr_who doesn't exist on: 8030 linux 2.[01] 8031 */ 8032 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) 8033 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; 8034 #else 8035 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_pid; 8036 #endif 8037 } 8038 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ 8039 else 8040 { 8041 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other 8042 note size (ie. data object type). */ 8043 return TRUE; 8044 } 8045 8046 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ 8047 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", 8048 size, note->descpos + offset); 8049 } 8050 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ 8051 8052 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ 8053 static bfd_boolean 8054 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, 8055 char *name, 8056 Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8057 { 8058 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, 8059 note->descsz, note->descpos); 8060 } 8061 8062 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, 8063 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this 8064 data structure apart. */ 8065 8066 static bfd_boolean 8067 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8068 { 8069 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); 8070 } 8071 8072 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note 8073 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents 8074 literally. */ 8075 8076 static bfd_boolean 8077 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8078 { 8079 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); 8080 } 8081 8082 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX" 8083 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's 8084 contents literally. */ 8085 8086 static bfd_boolean 8087 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8088 { 8089 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note); 8090 } 8091 8092 static bfd_boolean 8093 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8094 { 8095 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note); 8096 } 8097 8098 static bfd_boolean 8099 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8100 { 8101 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note); 8102 } 8103 8104 static bfd_boolean 8105 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8106 { 8107 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note); 8108 } 8109 8110 static bfd_boolean 8111 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8112 { 8113 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note); 8114 } 8115 8116 static bfd_boolean 8117 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8118 { 8119 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note); 8120 } 8121 8122 static bfd_boolean 8123 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8124 { 8125 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note); 8126 } 8127 8128 static bfd_boolean 8129 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8130 { 8131 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note); 8132 } 8133 8134 static bfd_boolean 8135 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8136 { 8137 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note); 8138 } 8139 8140 static bfd_boolean 8141 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8142 { 8143 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note); 8144 } 8145 8146 static bfd_boolean 8147 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8148 { 8149 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note); 8150 } 8151 8152 static bfd_boolean 8153 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8154 { 8155 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note); 8156 } 8157 8158 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) 8159 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; 8160 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ 8161 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; 8162 #endif 8163 #endif 8164 8165 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) 8166 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; 8167 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ 8168 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; 8169 #endif 8170 #endif 8171 8172 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at 8173 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. 8174 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ 8175 8176 char * 8177 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max) 8178 { 8179 char *dups; 8180 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max); 8181 size_t len; 8182 8183 if (end == NULL) 8184 len = max; 8185 else 8186 len = end - start; 8187 8188 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1); 8189 if (dups == NULL) 8190 return NULL; 8191 8192 memcpy (dups, start, len); 8193 dups[len] = '\0'; 8194 8195 return dups; 8196 } 8197 8198 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) 8199 static bfd_boolean 8200 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8201 { 8202 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) 8203 { 8204 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; 8205 8206 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); 8207 8208 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID) 8209 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = psinfo.pr_pid; 8210 #endif 8211 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program 8212 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, 8213 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); 8214 8215 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command 8216 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, 8217 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); 8218 } 8219 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) 8220 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) 8221 { 8222 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ 8223 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; 8224 8225 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); 8226 8227 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID) 8228 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = psinfo.pr_pid; 8229 #endif 8230 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program 8231 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, 8232 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); 8233 8234 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command 8235 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, 8236 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); 8237 } 8238 #endif 8239 8240 else 8241 { 8242 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other 8243 note size (ie. data object type). */ 8244 return TRUE; 8245 } 8246 8247 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked 8248 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) 8249 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ 8250 8251 { 8252 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command; 8253 int n = strlen (command); 8254 8255 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') 8256 command[n - 1] = '\0'; 8257 } 8258 8259 return TRUE; 8260 } 8261 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ 8262 8263 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) 8264 static bfd_boolean 8265 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8266 { 8267 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) 8268 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) 8269 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) 8270 #endif 8271 ) 8272 { 8273 pstatus_t pstat; 8274 8275 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); 8276 8277 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; 8278 } 8279 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) 8280 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) 8281 { 8282 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ 8283 pstatus32_t pstat; 8284 8285 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); 8286 8287 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; 8288 } 8289 #endif 8290 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" 8291 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an 8292 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ 8293 8294 return TRUE; 8295 } 8296 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ 8297 8298 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) 8299 static bfd_boolean 8300 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8301 { 8302 lwpstatus_t lwpstat; 8303 char buf[100]; 8304 char *name; 8305 size_t len; 8306 asection *sect; 8307 8308 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) 8309 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) 8310 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) 8311 #endif 8312 ) 8313 return TRUE; 8314 8315 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); 8316 8317 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; 8318 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by 8319 another thread. */ 8320 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) 8321 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; 8322 8323 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ 8324 8325 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); 8326 len = strlen (buf) + 1; 8327 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 8328 if (name == NULL) 8329 return FALSE; 8330 memcpy (name, buf, len); 8331 8332 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8333 if (sect == NULL) 8334 return FALSE; 8335 8336 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) 8337 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); 8338 sect->filepos = note->descpos 8339 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); 8340 #endif 8341 8342 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) 8343 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); 8344 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); 8345 #endif 8346 8347 sect->alignment_power = 2; 8348 8349 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) 8350 return FALSE; 8351 8352 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ 8353 8354 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); 8355 len = strlen (buf) + 1; 8356 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 8357 if (name == NULL) 8358 return FALSE; 8359 memcpy (name, buf, len); 8360 8361 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8362 if (sect == NULL) 8363 return FALSE; 8364 8365 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) 8366 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); 8367 sect->filepos = note->descpos 8368 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); 8369 #endif 8370 8371 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) 8372 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); 8373 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); 8374 #endif 8375 8376 sect->alignment_power = 2; 8377 8378 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); 8379 } 8380 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ 8381 8382 static bfd_boolean 8383 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8384 { 8385 char buf[30]; 8386 char *name; 8387 size_t len; 8388 asection *sect; 8389 int type; 8390 int is_active_thread; 8391 bfd_vma base_addr; 8392 8393 if (note->descsz < 728) 8394 return TRUE; 8395 8396 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32")) 8397 return TRUE; 8398 8399 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); 8400 8401 switch (type) 8402 { 8403 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */: 8404 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */ 8405 /* process_info.pid */ 8406 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); 8407 /* process_info.signal */ 8408 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); 8409 break; 8410 8411 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */: 8412 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ 8413 /* thread_info.tid */ 8414 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8)); 8415 8416 len = strlen (buf) + 1; 8417 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 8418 if (name == NULL) 8419 return FALSE; 8420 8421 memcpy (name, buf, len); 8422 8423 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8424 if (sect == NULL) 8425 return FALSE; 8426 8427 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */ 8428 sect->size = 716; 8429 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */ 8430 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12; 8431 sect->alignment_power = 2; 8432 8433 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */ 8434 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); 8435 8436 if (is_active_thread) 8437 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) 8438 return FALSE; 8439 break; 8440 8441 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */: 8442 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ 8443 /* module_info.base_address */ 8444 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4); 8445 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr); 8446 8447 len = strlen (buf) + 1; 8448 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 8449 if (name == NULL) 8450 return FALSE; 8451 8452 memcpy (name, buf, len); 8453 8454 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8455 8456 if (sect == NULL) 8457 return FALSE; 8458 8459 sect->size = note->descsz; 8460 sect->filepos = note->descpos; 8461 sect->alignment_power = 2; 8462 break; 8463 8464 default: 8465 return TRUE; 8466 } 8467 8468 return TRUE; 8469 } 8470 8471 static bfd_boolean 8472 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8473 { 8474 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 8475 8476 switch (note->type) 8477 { 8478 default: 8479 return TRUE; 8480 8481 case NT_PRSTATUS: 8482 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) 8483 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) 8484 return TRUE; 8485 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) 8486 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); 8487 #else 8488 return TRUE; 8489 #endif 8490 8491 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) 8492 case NT_PSTATUS: 8493 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); 8494 #endif 8495 8496 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) 8497 case NT_LWPSTATUS: 8498 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); 8499 #endif 8500 8501 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ 8502 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); 8503 8504 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS: 8505 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); 8506 8507 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */ 8508 if (note->namesz == 6 8509 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 8510 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); 8511 else 8512 return TRUE; 8513 8514 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */ 8515 if (note->namesz == 6 8516 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 8517 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note); 8518 else 8519 return TRUE; 8520 8521 case NT_PPC_VMX: 8522 if (note->namesz == 6 8523 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 8524 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note); 8525 else 8526 return TRUE; 8527 8528 case NT_PPC_VSX: 8529 if (note->namesz == 6 8530 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 8531 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note); 8532 else 8533 return TRUE; 8534 8535 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS: 8536 if (note->namesz == 6 8537 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 8538 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note); 8539 else 8540 return TRUE; 8541 8542 case NT_S390_TIMER: 8543 if (note->namesz == 6 8544 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 8545 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note); 8546 else 8547 return TRUE; 8548 8549 case NT_S390_TODCMP: 8550 if (note->namesz == 6 8551 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 8552 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note); 8553 else 8554 return TRUE; 8555 8556 case NT_S390_TODPREG: 8557 if (note->namesz == 6 8558 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 8559 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note); 8560 else 8561 return TRUE; 8562 8563 case NT_S390_CTRS: 8564 if (note->namesz == 6 8565 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 8566 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note); 8567 else 8568 return TRUE; 8569 8570 case NT_S390_PREFIX: 8571 if (note->namesz == 6 8572 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 8573 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note); 8574 else 8575 return TRUE; 8576 8577 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK: 8578 if (note->namesz == 6 8579 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 8580 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note); 8581 else 8582 return TRUE; 8583 8584 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL: 8585 if (note->namesz == 6 8586 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 8587 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note); 8588 else 8589 return TRUE; 8590 8591 case NT_ARM_VFP: 8592 if (note->namesz == 6 8593 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 8594 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note); 8595 else 8596 return TRUE; 8597 8598 case NT_PRPSINFO: 8599 case NT_PSINFO: 8600 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) 8601 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) 8602 return TRUE; 8603 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) 8604 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); 8605 #else 8606 return TRUE; 8607 #endif 8608 8609 case NT_AUXV: 8610 { 8611 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", 8612 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8613 8614 if (sect == NULL) 8615 return FALSE; 8616 sect->size = note->descsz; 8617 sect->filepos = note->descpos; 8618 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; 8619 8620 return TRUE; 8621 } 8622 } 8623 } 8624 8625 static bfd_boolean 8626 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8627 { 8628 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz; 8629 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz); 8630 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL) 8631 return FALSE; 8632 8633 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz); 8634 8635 return TRUE; 8636 } 8637 8638 static bfd_boolean 8639 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8640 { 8641 switch (note->type) 8642 { 8643 default: 8644 return TRUE; 8645 8646 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID: 8647 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note); 8648 } 8649 } 8650 8651 static bfd_boolean 8652 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8653 { 8654 struct sdt_note *cur = 8655 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note) 8656 + note->descsz); 8657 8658 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head; 8659 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz; 8660 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz); 8661 8662 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur; 8663 8664 return TRUE; 8665 } 8666 8667 static bfd_boolean 8668 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8669 { 8670 switch (note->type) 8671 { 8672 case NT_STAPSDT: 8673 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note); 8674 8675 default: 8676 return TRUE; 8677 } 8678 } 8679 8680 static bfd_boolean 8681 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp) 8682 { 8683 char *cp; 8684 8685 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); 8686 if (cp != NULL) 8687 { 8688 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1); 8689 return TRUE; 8690 } 8691 return FALSE; 8692 } 8693 8694 static bfd_boolean 8695 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8696 { 8697 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ 8698 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal 8699 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); 8700 8701 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ 8702 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid 8703 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50); 8704 8705 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ 8706 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command 8707 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); 8708 8709 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo", 8710 note); 8711 } 8712 8713 static bfd_boolean 8714 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8715 { 8716 int lwp; 8717 8718 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) 8719 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp; 8720 8721 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO) 8722 { 8723 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to 8724 find this note before any of the others, which is fine, 8725 since the kernel writes this note out first when it 8726 creates a core file. */ 8727 8728 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); 8729 } 8730 8731 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes 8732 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less 8733 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't 8734 understand it. */ 8735 8736 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH) 8737 return TRUE; 8738 8739 8740 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) 8741 { 8742 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and 8743 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ 8744 8745 case bfd_arch_alpha: 8746 case bfd_arch_sparc: 8747 switch (note->type) 8748 { 8749 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0: 8750 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); 8751 8752 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2: 8753 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); 8754 8755 default: 8756 return TRUE; 8757 } 8758 8759 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5. 8760 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg 8761 structure which lacks GBR. */ 8762 8763 case bfd_arch_sh: 8764 switch (note->type) 8765 { 8766 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3: 8767 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); 8768 8769 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+5: 8770 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); 8771 8772 default: 8773 return TRUE; 8774 } 8775 8776 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and 8777 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ 8778 8779 default: 8780 switch (note->type) 8781 { 8782 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1: 8783 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); 8784 8785 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3: 8786 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); 8787 8788 default: 8789 return TRUE; 8790 } 8791 } 8792 /* NOTREACHED */ 8793 } 8794 8795 static bfd_boolean 8796 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8797 { 8798 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ 8799 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal 8800 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); 8801 8802 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */ 8803 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid 8804 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20); 8805 8806 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ 8807 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command 8808 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31); 8809 8810 return TRUE; 8811 } 8812 8813 static bfd_boolean 8814 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8815 { 8816 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO) 8817 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); 8818 8819 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS) 8820 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); 8821 8822 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS) 8823 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); 8824 8825 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS) 8826 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); 8827 8828 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV) 8829 { 8830 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", 8831 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8832 8833 if (sect == NULL) 8834 return FALSE; 8835 sect->size = note->descsz; 8836 sect->filepos = note->descpos; 8837 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; 8838 8839 return TRUE; 8840 } 8841 8842 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE) 8843 { 8844 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie", 8845 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8846 8847 if (sect == NULL) 8848 return FALSE; 8849 sect->size = note->descsz; 8850 sect->filepos = note->descpos; 8851 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; 8852 8853 return TRUE; 8854 } 8855 8856 return TRUE; 8857 } 8858 8859 static bfd_boolean 8860 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid) 8861 { 8862 void *ddata = note->descdata; 8863 char buf[100]; 8864 char *name; 8865 asection *sect; 8866 short sig; 8867 unsigned flags; 8868 8869 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */ 8870 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata); 8871 8872 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */ 8873 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4); 8874 8875 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */ 8876 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8); 8877 8878 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */ 8879 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0) 8880 { 8881 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig; 8882 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid; 8883 } 8884 8885 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores 8886 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current 8887 thread just in case. */ 8888 if (flags & 0x00000080) 8889 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid; 8890 8891 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */ 8892 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid); 8893 8894 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); 8895 if (name == NULL) 8896 return FALSE; 8897 strcpy (name, buf); 8898 8899 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8900 if (sect == NULL) 8901 return FALSE; 8902 8903 sect->size = note->descsz; 8904 sect->filepos = note->descpos; 8905 sect->alignment_power = 2; 8906 8907 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect)); 8908 } 8909 8910 static bfd_boolean 8911 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd, 8912 Elf_Internal_Note *note, 8913 long tid, 8914 char *base) 8915 { 8916 char buf[100]; 8917 char *name; 8918 asection *sect; 8919 8920 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */ 8921 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid); 8922 8923 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); 8924 if (name == NULL) 8925 return FALSE; 8926 strcpy (name, buf); 8927 8928 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8929 if (sect == NULL) 8930 return FALSE; 8931 8932 sect->size = note->descsz; 8933 sect->filepos = note->descpos; 8934 sect->alignment_power = 2; 8935 8936 /* This is the current thread. */ 8937 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid) 8938 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect); 8939 8940 return TRUE; 8941 } 8942 8943 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7 8944 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8 8945 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9 8946 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10 8947 8948 static bfd_boolean 8949 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8950 { 8951 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the 8952 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs 8953 function. */ 8954 static long tid = 1; 8955 8956 switch (note->type) 8957 { 8958 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO: 8959 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note); 8960 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS: 8961 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid); 8962 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG: 8963 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg"); 8964 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG: 8965 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2"); 8966 default: 8967 return TRUE; 8968 } 8969 } 8970 8971 static bfd_boolean 8972 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8973 { 8974 char *name; 8975 asection *sect; 8976 size_t len; 8977 8978 /* Use note name as section name. */ 8979 len = note->namesz; 8980 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 8981 if (name == NULL) 8982 return FALSE; 8983 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len); 8984 name[len - 1] = '\0'; 8985 8986 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8987 if (sect == NULL) 8988 return FALSE; 8989 8990 sect->size = note->descsz; 8991 sect->filepos = note->descpos; 8992 sect->alignment_power = 1; 8993 8994 return TRUE; 8995 } 8996 8997 /* Function: elfcore_write_note 8998 8999 Inputs: 9000 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer 9001 name of note 9002 type of note 9003 data for note 9004 size of data for note 9005 9006 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as 9007 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying 9008 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have 9009 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same. 9010 9011 Return: 9012 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */ 9013 9014 char * 9015 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd, 9016 char *buf, 9017 int *bufsiz, 9018 const char *name, 9019 int type, 9020 const void *input, 9021 int size) 9022 { 9023 Elf_External_Note *xnp; 9024 size_t namesz; 9025 size_t newspace; 9026 char *dest; 9027 9028 namesz = 0; 9029 if (name != NULL) 9030 namesz = strlen (name) + 1; 9031 9032 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4); 9033 9034 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); 9035 if (buf == NULL) 9036 return buf; 9037 dest = buf + *bufsiz; 9038 *bufsiz += newspace; 9039 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; 9040 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz); 9041 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz); 9042 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type); 9043 dest = xnp->name; 9044 if (name != NULL) 9045 { 9046 memcpy (dest, name, namesz); 9047 dest += namesz; 9048 while (namesz & 3) 9049 { 9050 *dest++ = '\0'; 9051 ++namesz; 9052 } 9053 } 9054 memcpy (dest, input, size); 9055 dest += size; 9056 while (size & 3) 9057 { 9058 *dest++ = '\0'; 9059 ++size; 9060 } 9061 return buf; 9062 } 9063 9064 char * 9065 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd, 9066 char *buf, 9067 int *bufsiz, 9068 const char *fname, 9069 const char *psargs) 9070 { 9071 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 9072 9073 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) 9074 { 9075 char *ret; 9076 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9077 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs); 9078 if (ret != NULL) 9079 return ret; 9080 } 9081 9082 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) 9083 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) 9084 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) 9085 { 9086 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) 9087 psinfo32_t data; 9088 int note_type = NT_PSINFO; 9089 #else 9090 prpsinfo32_t data; 9091 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; 9092 #endif 9093 9094 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); 9095 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); 9096 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); 9097 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9098 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); 9099 } 9100 else 9101 #endif 9102 { 9103 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) 9104 psinfo_t data; 9105 int note_type = NT_PSINFO; 9106 #else 9107 prpsinfo_t data; 9108 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; 9109 #endif 9110 9111 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); 9112 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); 9113 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); 9114 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9115 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); 9116 } 9117 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ 9118 9119 free (buf); 9120 return NULL; 9121 } 9122 9123 char * 9124 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd, 9125 char *buf, 9126 int *bufsiz, 9127 long pid, 9128 int cursig, 9129 const void *gregs) 9130 { 9131 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 9132 9133 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) 9134 { 9135 char *ret; 9136 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9137 NT_PRSTATUS, 9138 pid, cursig, gregs); 9139 if (ret != NULL) 9140 return ret; 9141 } 9142 9143 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) 9144 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) 9145 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) 9146 { 9147 prstatus32_t prstat; 9148 9149 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); 9150 prstat.pr_pid = pid; 9151 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; 9152 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); 9153 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", 9154 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); 9155 } 9156 else 9157 #endif 9158 { 9159 prstatus_t prstat; 9160 9161 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); 9162 prstat.pr_pid = pid; 9163 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; 9164 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); 9165 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", 9166 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); 9167 } 9168 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ 9169 9170 free (buf); 9171 return NULL; 9172 } 9173 9174 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) 9175 char * 9176 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, 9177 char *buf, 9178 int *bufsiz, 9179 long pid, 9180 int cursig, 9181 const void *gregs) 9182 { 9183 lwpstatus_t lwpstat; 9184 const char *note_name = "CORE"; 9185 9186 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat)); 9187 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16; 9188 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig; 9189 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) 9190 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg)); 9191 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) 9192 #if !defined(gregs) 9193 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs, 9194 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)); 9195 #else 9196 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs, 9197 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs)); 9198 #endif 9199 #endif 9200 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, 9201 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat)); 9202 } 9203 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */ 9204 9205 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) 9206 char * 9207 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd, 9208 char *buf, 9209 int *bufsiz, 9210 long pid, 9211 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 9212 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 9213 { 9214 const char *note_name = "CORE"; 9215 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) 9216 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 9217 9218 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) 9219 { 9220 pstatus32_t pstat; 9221 9222 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); 9223 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; 9224 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, 9225 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); 9226 return buf; 9227 } 9228 else 9229 #endif 9230 { 9231 pstatus_t pstat; 9232 9233 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); 9234 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; 9235 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, 9236 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); 9237 return buf; 9238 } 9239 } 9240 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ 9241 9242 char * 9243 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, 9244 char *buf, 9245 int *bufsiz, 9246 const void *fpregs, 9247 int size) 9248 { 9249 const char *note_name = "CORE"; 9250 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9251 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size); 9252 } 9253 9254 char * 9255 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, 9256 char *buf, 9257 int *bufsiz, 9258 const void *xfpregs, 9259 int size) 9260 { 9261 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 9262 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9263 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size); 9264 } 9265 9266 char * 9267 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, 9268 const void *xfpregs, int size) 9269 { 9270 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 9271 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9272 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size); 9273 } 9274 9275 char * 9276 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, 9277 char *buf, 9278 int *bufsiz, 9279 const void *ppc_vmx, 9280 int size) 9281 { 9282 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 9283 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9284 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size); 9285 } 9286 9287 char * 9288 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, 9289 char *buf, 9290 int *bufsiz, 9291 const void *ppc_vsx, 9292 int size) 9293 { 9294 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 9295 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9296 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size); 9297 } 9298 9299 static char * 9300 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, 9301 char *buf, 9302 int *bufsiz, 9303 const void *s390_high_gprs, 9304 int size) 9305 { 9306 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 9307 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9308 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS, 9309 s390_high_gprs, size); 9310 } 9311 9312 char * 9313 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, 9314 char *buf, 9315 int *bufsiz, 9316 const void *s390_timer, 9317 int size) 9318 { 9319 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 9320 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9321 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size); 9322 } 9323 9324 char * 9325 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, 9326 char *buf, 9327 int *bufsiz, 9328 const void *s390_todcmp, 9329 int size) 9330 { 9331 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 9332 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9333 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size); 9334 } 9335 9336 char * 9337 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, 9338 char *buf, 9339 int *bufsiz, 9340 const void *s390_todpreg, 9341 int size) 9342 { 9343 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 9344 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9345 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size); 9346 } 9347 9348 char * 9349 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, 9350 char *buf, 9351 int *bufsiz, 9352 const void *s390_ctrs, 9353 int size) 9354 { 9355 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 9356 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9357 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size); 9358 } 9359 9360 char * 9361 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, 9362 char *buf, 9363 int *bufsiz, 9364 const void *s390_prefix, 9365 int size) 9366 { 9367 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 9368 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9369 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size); 9370 } 9371 9372 char * 9373 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, 9374 char *buf, 9375 int *bufsiz, 9376 const void *s390_last_break, 9377 int size) 9378 { 9379 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 9380 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9381 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK, 9382 s390_last_break, size); 9383 } 9384 9385 char * 9386 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, 9387 char *buf, 9388 int *bufsiz, 9389 const void *s390_system_call, 9390 int size) 9391 { 9392 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 9393 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9394 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL, 9395 s390_system_call, size); 9396 } 9397 9398 char * 9399 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, 9400 char *buf, 9401 int *bufsiz, 9402 const void *arm_vfp, 9403 int size) 9404 { 9405 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 9406 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 9407 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size); 9408 } 9409 9410 char * 9411 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd, 9412 char *buf, 9413 int *bufsiz, 9414 const char *section, 9415 const void *data, 9416 int size) 9417 { 9418 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0) 9419 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9420 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0) 9421 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9422 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0) 9423 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9424 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0) 9425 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9426 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0) 9427 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9428 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0) 9429 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9430 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0) 9431 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9432 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0) 9433 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9434 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0) 9435 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9436 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0) 9437 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9438 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0) 9439 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9440 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0) 9441 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9442 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0) 9443 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9444 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0) 9445 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 9446 return NULL; 9447 } 9448 9449 static bfd_boolean 9450 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset) 9451 { 9452 char *p; 9453 9454 p = buf; 9455 while (p < buf + size) 9456 { 9457 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ 9458 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; 9459 Elf_Internal_Note in; 9460 9461 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size) 9462 return FALSE; 9463 9464 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type); 9465 9466 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz); 9467 in.namedata = xnp->name; 9468 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size) 9469 return FALSE; 9470 9471 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz); 9472 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4); 9473 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); 9474 if (in.descsz != 0 9475 && (in.descdata >= buf + size 9476 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size)) 9477 return FALSE; 9478 9479 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd)) 9480 { 9481 default: 9482 return TRUE; 9483 9484 case bfd_core: 9485 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE")) 9486 { 9487 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in)) 9488 return FALSE; 9489 } 9490 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "OpenBSD")) 9491 { 9492 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd, &in)) 9493 return FALSE; 9494 } 9495 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX")) 9496 { 9497 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in)) 9498 return FALSE; 9499 } 9500 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/")) 9501 { 9502 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in)) 9503 return FALSE; 9504 } 9505 else 9506 { 9507 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in)) 9508 return FALSE; 9509 } 9510 break; 9511 9512 case bfd_object: 9513 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0) 9514 { 9515 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in)) 9516 return FALSE; 9517 } 9518 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt" 9519 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0) 9520 { 9521 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in)) 9522 return FALSE; 9523 } 9524 break; 9525 } 9526 9527 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4); 9528 } 9529 9530 return TRUE; 9531 } 9532 9533 static bfd_boolean 9534 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) 9535 { 9536 char *buf; 9537 9538 if (size <= 0) 9539 return TRUE; 9540 9541 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) 9542 return FALSE; 9543 9544 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size); 9545 if (buf == NULL) 9546 return FALSE; 9547 9548 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size 9549 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset)) 9550 { 9551 free (buf); 9552 return FALSE; 9553 } 9554 9555 free (buf); 9556 return TRUE; 9557 } 9558 9559 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ 9560 9561 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a 9562 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error 9563 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ 9564 9565 long 9566 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) 9567 { 9568 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 9569 { 9570 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); 9571 return -1; 9572 } 9573 9574 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); 9575 } 9576 9577 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries 9578 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as 9579 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the 9580 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. 9581 9582 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an 9583 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ 9584 9585 int 9586 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs) 9587 { 9588 int num_phdrs; 9589 9590 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 9591 { 9592 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); 9593 return -1; 9594 } 9595 9596 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; 9597 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, 9598 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); 9599 9600 return num_phdrs; 9601 } 9602 9603 enum elf_reloc_type_class 9604 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 9605 { 9606 return reloc_class_normal; 9607 } 9608 9609 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a 9610 relocation against a local symbol. */ 9611 9612 bfd_vma 9613 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd, 9614 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 9615 asection **psec, 9616 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 9617 { 9618 asection *sec = *psec; 9619 bfd_vma relocation; 9620 9621 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma 9622 + sec->output_offset 9623 + sym->st_value); 9624 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) 9625 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION 9626 && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) 9627 { 9628 rel->r_addend = 9629 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, 9630 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, 9631 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend); 9632 if (sec != *psec) 9633 { 9634 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is 9635 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original 9636 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some 9637 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave 9638 some info around for --emit-relocs. */ 9639 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) 9640 sec->kept_section = *psec; 9641 sec = *psec; 9642 } 9643 rel->r_addend -= relocation; 9644 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; 9645 } 9646 return relocation; 9647 } 9648 9649 bfd_vma 9650 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd, 9651 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 9652 asection **psec, 9653 bfd_vma addend) 9654 { 9655 asection *sec = *psec; 9656 9657 if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) 9658 return sym->st_value + addend; 9659 9660 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, 9661 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, 9662 sym->st_value + addend); 9663 } 9664 9665 bfd_vma 9666 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd, 9667 struct bfd_link_info *info, 9668 asection *sec, 9669 bfd_vma offset) 9670 { 9671 switch (sec->sec_info_type) 9672 { 9673 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS: 9674 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, 9675 offset); 9676 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME: 9677 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset); 9678 default: 9679 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0) 9680 { 9681 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 9682 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8; 9683 offset = sec->size - offset - address_size; 9684 } 9685 return offset; 9686 } 9687 } 9688 9689 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file, 9690 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory 9691 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it 9692 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference 9693 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the 9694 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at. 9695 9696 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the 9697 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it 9698 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must 9699 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in 9700 the remote memory. */ 9701 9702 bfd * 9703 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory 9704 (bfd *templ, 9705 bfd_vma ehdr_vma, 9706 bfd_vma *loadbasep, 9707 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type)) 9708 { 9709 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory) 9710 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory); 9711 } 9712 9713 long 9714 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, 9715 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 9716 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 9717 long dynsymcount, 9718 asymbol **dynsyms, 9719 asymbol **ret) 9720 { 9721 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 9722 asection *relplt; 9723 asymbol *s; 9724 const char *relplt_name; 9725 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); 9726 arelent *p; 9727 long count, i, n; 9728 size_t size; 9729 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 9730 char *names; 9731 asection *plt; 9732 9733 *ret = NULL; 9734 9735 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) 9736 return 0; 9737 9738 if (dynsymcount <= 0) 9739 return 0; 9740 9741 if (!bed->plt_sym_val) 9742 return 0; 9743 9744 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name; 9745 if (relplt_name == NULL) 9746 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"; 9747 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name); 9748 if (relplt == NULL) 9749 return 0; 9750 9751 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; 9752 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) 9753 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA)) 9754 return 0; 9755 9756 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); 9757 if (plt == NULL) 9758 return 0; 9759 9760 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; 9761 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) 9762 return -1; 9763 9764 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; 9765 size = count * sizeof (asymbol); 9766 p = relplt->relocation; 9767 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) 9768 { 9769 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); 9770 if (p->addend != 0) 9771 { 9772 #ifdef BFD64 9773 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64); 9774 #else 9775 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; 9776 #endif 9777 } 9778 } 9779 9780 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size); 9781 if (s == NULL) 9782 return -1; 9783 9784 names = (char *) (s + count); 9785 p = relplt->relocation; 9786 n = 0; 9787 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) 9788 { 9789 size_t len; 9790 bfd_vma addr; 9791 9792 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p); 9793 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1) 9794 continue; 9795 9796 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; 9797 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since 9798 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ 9799 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) 9800 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 9801 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; 9802 s->section = plt; 9803 s->value = addr - plt->vma; 9804 s->name = names; 9805 s->udata.p = NULL; 9806 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); 9807 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); 9808 names += len; 9809 if (p->addend != 0) 9810 { 9811 char buf[30], *a; 9812 9813 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); 9814 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; 9815 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend); 9816 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a) 9817 ; 9818 len = strlen (a); 9819 memcpy (names, a, len); 9820 names += len; 9821 } 9822 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); 9823 names += sizeof ("@plt"); 9824 ++s, ++n; 9825 } 9826 9827 return n; 9828 } 9829 9830 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */ 9831 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section 9832 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, 9833 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0); 9834 9835 void 9836 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd, 9837 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 9838 { 9839 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */ 9840 9841 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); 9842 9843 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi; 9844 9845 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the 9846 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of 9847 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */ 9848 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE 9849 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols) 9850 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU; 9851 } 9852 9853 9854 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions. 9855 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for 9856 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ 9857 9858 bfd_boolean 9859 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type) 9860 { 9861 return (type == STT_FUNC 9862 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC); 9863 } 9864 9865 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the 9866 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point, 9867 otherwise return zero. */ 9868 9869 bfd_size_type 9870 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec, 9871 bfd_vma *code_off) 9872 { 9873 bfd_size_type size; 9874 9875 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT 9876 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0 9877 || sym->section != sec) 9878 return 0; 9879 9880 *code_off = sym->value; 9881 size = 0; 9882 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC)) 9883 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; 9884 if (size == 0) 9885 size = 1; 9886 return size; 9887 } 9888